You are on page 1of 357

EVOLIUM

Introduction to GPRS and EGPRS QoS Monitoring - B10


3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

STUDENT GUIDE

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All rights reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its
contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 1

Empty page
Switch to notes view!

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 2

Terms of Use and Legal Notices


1. Safetyto
Warning
Switch
notes view!

Both lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to
wear conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the
equipment alone.
The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.

2. Trade Marks
Alcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.
All other trademarks, service marks and logos (Marks) are the property of their respective holders, including AlcatelLucent. Users are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning
the Mark. The absence of a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to
change without notice.

3. Copyright
This document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No
other use or transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucents written permission, and
must include all copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may
be used, copied, disclosed or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from
Alcatel-Lucent.
Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly
prohibited.
User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or describes,
and is expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express written
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3consent of Alcatel-Lucent.
EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All rights reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

4. Disclaimer
In no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including
lost profits, lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not AlcatelLucent has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement,
nor a recommendation.
This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The
information contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some
cases, due to contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely
accurate.
Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment
and its operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.
The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. AlcatelLucent disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related
documentation, whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties,
including warranties of merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of
dealing, usage or trade practice.
Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed
internet connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in
nature

5. Governing Law
The products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are
governed by the laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices,
or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including, but not
limited to, the warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a valid,
enforceable provision that matches, as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these Terms of
Use and Legal Notices shall remain in full force and effect.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 3

Blank Page
Switch to notes view!

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 4

Course Outline
1. EGPRS
QoS
About
This Course

4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

Course outline
1. Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
Technical
2.support
Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom
Procedures
5. Topic/Section
is Positioned Here
Course objectives

3. Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators

4. Detection
of the Main
BSS GPRS QoS6.Problems
Topic/Section is Positioned Here
1. Topic/Section
is Positioned
Here
Xxx
Xxx
Xxx

5. Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

6. Appendix

2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here


3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 5

Course Outline [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 6

Course Objectives
Switch to notes view!

Welcome to Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:


z Describe the scope of work of BSS GPRS QoS monitoring
z Interpret the BSS GPRS QoS indicators attached to each BSS GPRS procedure or algorithm
z
z
z
z
z

having an impact on QoS


Interpret the BSS GPRS PM counters used in the computation formulae of QoS indicators
Detect the main BSS QoS problems
Analyse the main BSS QoS problems
Correlate with BSS GSM QoS problems
List the probable causes of BSS GPRS QoS degradation

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 7

Course Objectives [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 8

About this Student Guide


z

Conventions
used
in this guide
Switch
to notes
view!
Note
Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed.
Although this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful
or interesting.

Technical Reference
(1) 24.348.98 Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical
Practices where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.

Warning
Alerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment
damage or personal injury.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

Where you can get further information

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If you want further information you can refer to the following:


Technical Practices for the specific product
Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 9

About this Student Guide [cont.]


z

Switch to notes view!

10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 10

Self-assessment of Objectives
Contract number :

z At the end of each


Course title :
z Please, return this
Client (Company, Center) :
Language
:
Switch

section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire


sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

to notes view!

Number of trainees :

Dates from :

to :

Location :

Surname, First name :


Did you meet the following objectives ?
Tick the corresponding box
Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

Instructional objectives
1

Yes (or
globally
yes)

No (or
globally
no)

To be able to XXX

2
11

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 11

Comments

Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]


Switch to notes view!
Instructional objectives

12

Yes (or
Globally
yes)

No (or
globally
no)

Comments

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Other comments

Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 12

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 1
Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring

3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 1

Blank Page

112

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
Describe the role of the BSS in the End-user GPRS QoS and the dependencies
between Global (BSS+GSS) and BSS GPRS QoS on one hand and between BSS
GSM and GPRS QoS on the other hand

113

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

114

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!


1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS
5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation
6 Indicators Classification

115

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 5

7
13
26
36
39
43

Table of Contents [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

116

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

This page is left blank intentionally

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 6

1 Distinction between
BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

117

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 7

1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

Different Levels of QoS

SGSN

BSS

BTS

BSC

GGSN

MFS
GPRS
Backbone

Um

Abis

Ater

Gb

Gn

Packet
Data
Network

TE

Gi

BSS QoS
BSS+GSS QoS
End-user QoS
118

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

3 types of QoS are involved in the overall analysis of the GPRS QoS :
z

Radio QoS

It is defined in terms of throughput, service precedence, RLC reliability mode, transfer delay.

GPRS QoS

It must be considered from the R interface to the Gb interface. It belongs mainly to the radio
environment as well as the proper functioning of the PCU implemented inside the BSS.

It must be considered from the R interface (MS access to the GPRS) to the Gi interface (exit from
the GPRS Network).
It includes the Radio QoS and the GSS QoS.
It is defined in terms of service precedence, transfer delay, mean and peak throughputs and
reliability.

End-User QoS

This is the QoS as the user feels it.


It includes the GPRS QoS as well as the QoS of the external networks and their connection to the
GPRS GSS.
Even if it does not belong to the operator, it should still be monitored as it can generate customer
complaints.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 8

1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

Dependencies between QoS Levels

End-user QoS
BSS+GSS QoS
BSS QoS

119

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A bad BSS GPRS QoS (Radio QoS) will lead to a bad GPRS QoS and a bad End-user QoS.
A bad End-user performance can be due to a bad GSS behaviour without any BSS GPRS QoS degradation.
A bad End-user QoS can also be due to a bad PDN performance.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 9

1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

Impact of UE
z

Different data applications are multiplexed over the GPRS radio layers:
FTP, WEB/HTTP, WAP, MMS, etc.

Data applications have very different traffic characteristics (amount of


data, duration between LLC PDUs) leading to different ways of
triggering radio layers algorithms

Therefore Parameters setting in the GPRS network will lead to different


performance according to the service

1 1 10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A bad end-user QoS can also be due to the setting of TE protocol layers parameters which can not have
optimal values to get the best GPRS performance.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 10

1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

Impact of UE: Example


z

Data applications use TCP/IP protocol layers which have a great impact
on the end-user QoS
FTP above TCP/IP layers
FTP
relay

TCP
relay

IP

SNDCP

PPP

PPP

relay
SNDCP
relay

LLC

LLC

IP
GTP

relay
IP

IP

relay
IP

IP

GTP

UDP

UDP

IP-Gn

IP-Gn

First IP router
RLC

RLC

BSSGP

BSSGP

MAC

MAC

NS

NS

L2

L2

RF

RF

L1

L1

L1

L1

Last IP rou

(*)

BSS
TE (PC
,PDA )

GGSN

MS
R

SGSN
Um

Gn

Gi

Gb
TCP data segment
Possible repartition on the end to end path of the TCP flight size

1 1 11

TCP acknowledgement

(*) this graphical representation is used to


express the fact that many data segments are
currently waiting to be transmitted on the
represented link and are stored in buffers of the
device handling the link . It doesnt mean that
simultaneous segments are being transmitted.
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A bad end-user QoS can also be due to the setting of TE protocol layers parameters which can not have
optimal values to get the best GPRS performance.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 11

1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS

Understand BSS GPRS QoS


z

GPRS QoS is not an isolated topic:


It is necessary to use GSM indicators in order to complete the analysis of
GPRS QoS
It is necessary to use GSM counters in order to complete the analysis of the
impact of GPRS traffic on GSM QoS

The BSS QoS does not allow to have a complete understanding of the
end to end QoS seen by the user
Indeed, upper protocol layers (TCP for example) have a great impact on the
global QoS
The GSS also has a great impact on the global QoS

1 1 12

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 12

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles


at BSS Level

1 1 13

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 13

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Data Services

Media

Always-on

Fun

Games (Hangman, Poker, Quiz, )


Screen Saver
Ring Tone
Horoscope
Biorhythm

Directories
Mobile Office

Voice (!)
E-mail
Agenda
IntraNet/InterNet
Corporate Applications
Database Access

Yellow/White Pages
International
Directories
Operator Services

Music
Transportation
Flight/train Schedule
reservation

Vertical
application
Traffic Management
Automation
Mobile branches
Health

Downloading of
music files or
video clips

News
(general/specific)

International/National
News
Local News
Sport News
Weather
Lottery Results
Finance News
Stock Quotes
Exchange Rates

Location services
Traffic Conditions
Itineraries
Nearest Restaurant,
Cinema, Chemist,
Parking, ATM, etc..

M-commerce

Non physical
on-line Banking
Ticketing
Auction
Gambling
Best Price
e-Book

1 1 14

Physical

on-line shopping
on-line food

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Different services can be found in the 3 categories:


z Teleservices provide the full capabilities for communications by means of a terminal equipment,
network functions and possibly functions provided by dedicated centers.
z Multimedia teleservices support the transfer of several types of information.
z M-commerce:
Non-physical = electronic goods (e-banking, e-flight ticketing, etc).
Physical = electronic payment of physical goods (food, supplies, hardware, etc).
Retrieval services
Provide the capability of accessing information stored in data base centers. The information is sent to
the user on demand only. An example of one such service in the Internet's World Wide Web (WWW).
Messaging services
Offer user-to-user communication between individual users via storage units with store-and-forward
mailbox, and/or message handling (e.g., information editing, processing and conversion) functions;
Conversational services
Provide bi-directional communication by means of real-time (no store-and-forward) end-to-end
information transfer from user to user. An example of such a service is the Internet's Telnet application;
Tele-action services
Characterized by low data-volume (short) transactions, for example credit card validations, lottery
transactions, utility meter readings and electronic monitoring and surveillance systems.
Distribution services
Characterized by the unidirectional flow of information from a given point in the network to other
(multiple) locations. Examples may include news, weather and traffic reports, as well as product or
service advertisements;
Dispatching services
Characterized by the bi-directional flow of information from a given point in the network (dispatcher)
and other (multiple) users. Examples include taxi and public utility fleet services;
Conferencing services
Provide multi-directional communication by means of real-time (no store-and-forward) information
transfer between multiple users.
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 14

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

QoS Requirements - Exercise


z

Different applications require different QoS


Exercise: find qualitatively the QoS requirements of the following data
services
Service

Transfer Delay

Throughput

Reliability

web
video streaming
ftp
location based advertising
audio streaming
email
wap
fax
e-commerce
interactive games
SMS

+: low sensitivity, ++: medium, +++: high

1 1 15

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Data applications have very different traffic characteristics (amount of data, duration between LLC PDUs)
leading to different ways of triggering radio layers algorithms. This has a direct impact on the follow-up
of some QoS indicators at OMC-R level: number of DL/UL TBF establishment requests, DL/UL TBF
duration, coding scheme distribution.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 15

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

GPRS QoS Profile


z

2 R97/98 GPRS QoS attributes supported in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS


Precedence Class: relative importance of service under congestion; 3 values
are defined
Reliability Class: mainly linked to Ack / Not Ack modes at RLC and LLC
levels and within the backbone network; 5 values are defined

4 R99 GPRS QoS attributes supported in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS


Traffic Class: Conversational, Streaming, Interactive, Background
Traffic Handling Priority: From 1 (highest priority) to 3 (lowest priority)
Guaranteed bit rate for Uplink: From 0 to 8640 kbps
Guaranteed bit rate for Downlink: From 0 to 8640 kbps

1 1 16

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Precedence classes: high, normal, low


Delay classes:
z

class 1 (average delay<0.5 s, 95% delay<1.5 s)

class 2 (average delay<5 s, 95% delay<25 s)

class 3 (average delay<50 s, 95% delay<250 s)

class 4: not specified = best effort

The Mean Throughput class range is smaller than the Peak Throughput class one because:
z The later is considered per interface (the purpose being to maximize the use of the transmission
capacity over each interface according to its physical characteristics).

The former is considered end to end and must take into account the weaker interface characteristics,
the air interface one.

Reliability: Five classes are defined according to the tolerable BER (from 1 = lowest BER required to 5 =
highest tolerated BER and no acknowledgement or error checking).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 16

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

ETSI Principles
z

ETSI R97 principles:


GPRS QoS is negotiated between the MS and the SGSN, at PDP context
activation
The BSS is not involved in QoS negotiation
y But the BSS should be able to do its best...

No absolute QoS can be guaranteed by the BSS


The SGSN and the GGSN play the main role in QoS management
z

ETSI R99 principles


As in R97, the QoS negotiation is initiated by the MS at the PDP context
activation
The BSS is involved in this negotiation if EN_PFC_FEATURE= Enabled
y Then a Packet Flow Context is created

The BSS can guarantee the required QoS or downgrade to Best Effort
y E.g. in case of lack of resource

1 1 17

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 17

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

QoS Profile at BSS Level

SGSN

BSS

BTS

BSC

GGSN

MFS
GPRS
Backbone

Um

Abis

Ater

Gb

Gn

Radio QoS
GPRS QoS
End-user QoS
1 1 18

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Throughput: not managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Best effort is supported.


Service precedence: partly managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS.
RLC reliability mode: managed by the BSS.
Transfer delay: not managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Best effort is supported.
See next pages for details.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 18

Packet
Data
Network

Gi

TE

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Precedence
z

Precedence:
Defines the priority for maintaining service in a congestion situation
Specified on:
y The DL path: in the DL BSSGP PDU header
y The UL path: radio priority in Packet resource request (2-phase access)

If EN_PFC_FEATURE=Disabled
y Not managed in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS, but the operator can configure, in case of
GPRS cell configured with a Master PDCH the persistence level of each radio priority
and therefore control the uplink TBF establishment delay

If EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled
y The precedence is taken into account for the Interactive and Background classes
y It impacts the way of scheduling the RLC data blocks at MS and TRX level (Weighted
Round Robin algorithm)

1 1 19

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Service precedence:
z

The management of the persistence levels in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS is the following. When there is a
PBCCH allocated in the cell, the MFS broadcasts on the PBCCH four persistence levels P(i), defined by
O&M, each of them corresponding to a given radio priority i (i = 1, 2, 3, 4), where P(i) {0, 1, 14, 16}.
For each access attempt, the MS draws a random value R in the set {0, 1, 14, 15}. The MS is allowed
to send a Packet Channel Request message only if the P(i), where i is the radio priority of the TBF being
established, is lower or equal to R. This method allows the operator to differentiate the access
probability of the MSs as a function of their radio priority.

There is no preemption of an on-going TBF to establish a new one with a higher service precedence
level.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 19

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Reliability
z

Reliability:
Defines the transmission characteristics that are required by an application in
terms of SDU loss probability, duplication of SDU, mis-sequencing of SDU or
corruption of SDU
Implemented at BSS level as RLC Acknowledged (Ack) mode or RLC Not
acknowledged (Nack) mode
Specified on
y The DL path: in the DL BSSGP PDU header
y The UL path: in Packet resource request (2-phase access)

Default mode: Ack

1 1 20

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 20

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Traffic class with EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled


z

Conversational class (not supported)


Video conference

Streaming class
Live video retransmission
The MFS reserves radio and
transmission resources at the PFC
creation

Interactive class
Web browsing
No resource reservation
RLC data blocks are scheduled with
a certain priority

+
Delay
sensitive

Data
Integrity
sensitive

Background class
email, FTP
No resource reservation
RLC data blocks are scheduled with a
low priority

1 1 21

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Conversational class:
z The most well known use of this scheme is telephony speech (e.g., GSM). But with the Internet and
multimedia, a number of new applications will require this scheme, for example voice over IP and video
conferencing tools.
z Real-time conversation is always performed between peers (or groups) of live (human) end users. This
is the only scheme where the required characteristics are strictly given by human perception.
Streaming class:
When the user is looking at (listening to) real time video (audio) the scheme of real time streams applies.
The real time data flow is always aiming at a live (human) destination. It is a one way transport.
Interactive class:
z When the end user, that is either a machine or a human, is on line requesting data from a remote
equipment (e.g., a server), this scheme applies.
z Examples of human interaction with the remote equipment are: web browsing, data base retrieval,
server access. Examples of machines interaction with the remote equipment are: polling for
measurement records and automatic data base enquiries (tele-machines).
Background class:
z When the end user, that typically is a computer, sends and receives data files in the background, this
scheme applies.
z Examples are background delivery of E-mails, SMS, download of databases and reception of
measurement records.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 21

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Traffic Handling Priority


z

THP:
From 1 (highest priority) to 3 (lowest priority)
y THP1
y THP2
y THP3

The THP is associated only with the Interactive class (if


EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled)

1 1 22

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

According to 3GPP TS 23.107, the Traffic Handling Priority specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 22

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Guaranteed Bit Rate


z

UL/DL Guaranteed bit rate (R99)


From 0 to 8640 kbps
3 ranges are usable with 3 different step sizes
Min

Max

Step size

0 kbps

63 kbps

1 kbps

64 kbps

568 kbps

8 kbps

576 kbps

8640 kbps

64 kbps

The Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) is associated with the Streaming class, if
y EN_PFC_FEATURE = Enabled at BSC level
y and EN_STREAMING = Enabled at cell level

1 1 23

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

According to 3GPP TS 23.107, the Traffic Handling Priority specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 23

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Alcatel-Lucent QoS Offer - R97/98 QoS Compliance

ETSI R97/98 QoS attributes


Precedence class

Delay class

Alcatel-Lucent Offer

Mean throughput
class

Resulting QoS class

(4) Best Effort

any

any

Best-Effort

1, 2 or 3

(3) Low priority

any

Best-Effort

1,. 2 or 3

Normal, High priority

Best Effort

Best-Effort

1,. 2 or 3

(2) Normal priority

specified, except BE

Normal

1,. 2 or 3

(1) High priority

specified, except BE

Premium

Reliability class:

as required by the MS

BE = Best-Effort

1 1 24

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The QoS attributes are associated with a PDP context performed by an R97/98 MS.
The five QoS parameters of the standard define more than 60 combinations! This is too much and must
be simplified:
z Too complex to implement,
z

Many of the combinations have no meaning!

The standard "allows" simpler QoS implementations.

- = any value.

In green, the main criterion for the definition of the resulting QoS.

Alcatel-Lucent implementation: 3 QoS classes are defined:


z Best effort: Inexpensive, comparable to the Internet (no commitment). Ideal for foraging on the
internet.
z Normal: Comparable to an intranet.
z Premium: Expensive, high performance.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 24

2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level

Alcatel-Lucent QoS Offer - R97/98 QoS Mapping into R'99 QoS


z

There is a mapping between R'99 Traffic class and Alcatel-Lucent QoS


class

R'99 Traffic class

Traffic handling priority

R97/98 Bearer QoS class

Conversational

Premium

Streaming

Premium

Interactive

Premium

Interactive

Normal

Interactive

Normal

Background

Best Effort

1 1 25

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The mapping of R97/98 QoS attributes to R'99 QoS is applicable in the following cases:
z

hand-over of PDP context from GPRS R97/R'98 SGSN to GPRS R'99 or UMTS SGSN.

when an R'99 MS performs a PDP context activation in an R'99 SGSN with an R'97/98 GGSN.
When GGSN responds to the PDP Context Activation, mapping of the changed R97/98 QoS attributes
received from the GGSN to R99 QoS attributes is performed in the serving SGSN.

when the SGSN has received an R97/98 QoS subscribed profile, but the MS is R'99.

The mapping of R'99 QoS attributes to R'97/98 QoS is applicable in the following cases:
z

the PDP context is handed over from GPRS R'99 to R'97/R'98.

when an R'99 MS performs a PDP context activation in an R'99 SGSN while the GGSN is R'97/98.
In this case the SGSN shall perform mapping of the R99 QoS attributes to the R97/98 QoS attributes;

when the SGSN sends user data to the BSS for an R'99 MS.

when the SGSN has received R'99 QoS subscribed profile but the MS is R'97/98.

in the new SGSN, during an inter-SGSN RA_update procedure, or an inter-system change, on receipt of
the R'99 QoS attributes from the old SGSN.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 25

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS


Monitoring

1 1 26

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 26

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

PM Counters

COUNTERS

BSC

MFS

HLR

Gb

SGSN

1 1 27

GPRS
Backbone

Packet
Data
Network

GGSN

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

PM counters retrieval and post-processing is the cheapest solution.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 27

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

Trace User Data Transfer


z

Transmission plane
Application
IP / X.25

RRM

RRM

RLC

RLC

MAC

MAC

GSM-RF

GSM-RF

MS

Um

Relay

UDP/TCP

BSSGP

BSSGP

IP

NS

NS

L2

L2

L1bis

L1bis

L1

L1

L1-GCH
BTS

1 1 28

Gb

GCH traces

L2-(M)EGCH

GSM-RF

Abis

RRM

SGSN

Relay

RLC

NS

MAC
L2-(M)EGCH

Ater(mux)

BSSGP

L1bis

L1-GCH
MFS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Interfaces traces are of good complementary information but expensive:


z

used for problem investigation

used when lack of PM counters

GTP

LLC

BSS

Relay

GTP

Gb traces

LLC

Relay

SNDCP

Air traces

SNDCP

IP / X.25

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 28

Gn

UDP/TCP
IP

GGSN

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

Trace Signaling
z

Signaling plane with CCCH use


GMM/SM

GMM/SM

RRM

Relay

NS
GSM-RF

L1bis

Um

BSS

BTS

GTP

LLC

UDP

UDP

BSSGP

IP

IP

NS

L2

L2

L1bis

L1

L1

Gb

RR

Relay

L2-RSL
L1-RSL

Abis

1 1 29

GTP

SGSN

BSCGP
L2-GSL
L1-GSL

BSC

GSL traces

L2-RSL
L1-RSL

GCH traces

Relay

GSM-RF

BSSGP

BSCGP / RRM

GSM-RF

MS

Gb traces

Air traces

LLC

Relay

Ater(mux)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

2 GSL at 64Kbit/s per GPU


RSL: refer to the Dimensioning rules for GSM

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 29

Gn

BSC Relay

GGSN

BSSGP

BSCGP
NS
L2-GSL
L1-GSL

L1bis

MFS

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

End-User QoS

End-user performances are obtained through measurements carried out


for different end-user services:

Ping
FTP
WAP
WEB (HTTP)
y Traces must be performed at both Air interface and Application levels

These performances must be interpreted with a maximum of


information concerning the context of the measurements

Use of a database to register performance results

1 1 30

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

FTP tests:
z

Static cell measurements:

DL transfer of an uncompressible file of 500 KB size

UL transfer of an uncompressible file of 200 KB size

Drive measurements:

DL transfer of an uncompressible file of 1MB minimum size

UL transfer of an uncompressible file of 200 KB minimum size

PING Tests: Series of 100 pings


HTTP tests: Static cell and drive measurements:
z

HTTP browsing of an html page of 400 KB minimum size

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 30

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

End-User QoS Measurements Principles


z

GPRS performance tests performed


with PDN (real end-user QoS)
without PDN (BSS+GSS QoS: use of a local server on the Gi interface just after
the GGSN)

Use of a too old or too new mobile can be risky


Reference mobiles are Nokia N95 for B10 features

Use of the NEMO software (Anite)


to pick up the transferred frames
to calculate the throughput at RLC layer
to monitor lower layers

Use of Wireshark software


to detect IP retransmissions, TCP lost frames,
to monitor application layers (IP, FTP, etc.)

Use of database to register performance results

1 1 31

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

NOKIA 6220 and 6230 are EDGE mobiles.


Tests configuration set-up needs some specific data for like:
z APN of the operator to be declare in the Properties of the Modem connection on client PC (the one
with Agilent NITRO installed)
z

IP address of the Internet/WAP gateway or of the Application server connected to GGSN

DNS server address if necessary

user name and password for GPRS connection

Name or the URL of the WEB page to be downloaded for HTTP tests

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 31

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

End-User QoS Measurements Results


z

Applications server accessibility (PING)


Server accessibility success rate
Round Trip Time (RTT) in seconds per ping command

FTP
FTP session success rate
Application layer throughput in kbit/s per file

WAP
WAP gateway access time
WAP page download success rate
Application throughput

HTTP (WEB)
WEB page download success rate
Application throughput

1 1 32

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

MMS tests:
z

MMS emission success rate

MMS notification success rate

MMS reception success rate

MMS time to send

Time to receive the MMS notification

Time to retrieve the MMS

Optional RLC/MAC statistics during end-user QoS tests:


z

CS distribution : % of CSx RLC blocks and total time of CSx usage

CS changes: number of CS changes per minute

Retransmissions: % of RLC blocks retransmitted

BLER: % of RLC blocks in error

Usually QoS indicators giving throughput or time values are provided with 4 detailed indicators:
z

minimum

maximum

average

standard deviation

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 32

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

GSS QoS
z

Counters:
in the SGSN
in the GGSN
in the HLR

Traces:
BSS-SGSN interface (Gb)
GGSN-PDN interface (Gi)
intra-GSS interface (Gn)

1 1 33

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 33

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

BSS QoS
z

Counters:

in the MFS (specific to GPRS)


in the BSC (in relation to GSM)

Tool chain = OMC-R + NPO

Traces:

Air interface (Um)


Ater interface (GCH)
MFS-BSC interface (GSL)
BSS-SGSN interface (Gb)

1 1 34

Trace MS + NEMO
Protocol analyzer + COMPASS
(K12 Viewer)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 34

3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring

BSS QoS Measurements Principles


OMC-R network statistics
with OMC-R network counters

Other
PLMN

Packet domain
BTS

Ater

Abis

SGSN
SGSN

MFS

BSC

Gb

EGPRS MS
NOKIA N95

SERVER
e.g.
FTP, HTTP

RLC/MAC layer
Physical layer

Data Link
Physical

Protocol
Analyzer
K1205

1 1 35

AMI Compass
GNNettest

Gb Statistics

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

For the Air interface trace:


z

Use of a too old or too new mobile can be risky

Reference mobiles are Sagem (OT290), Motorola (T280), NOKIA ( 6230)

Use of a PC preferably with Windows 2000

Use of the Agilent software E6474A Nitro

Use of end-user QoS monitoring tool (DEUTRIP, DMS)

For the GCH, GSL, Gb interface trace:


z

Use of a protocol analyzer with the Alcatel-Lucent BSCGP stack

The reference analyzer is Tektronix K1205 v2.40

Use of a post-processing tool

Application
Presentation
Session
Transport
Network

IP layer
LLC layer

Measurement
Trace SW
Anite NEMO

Core network
Internet/
Internet
/
Intranet

Gn

Application layer
GPRS Air
Interface
Statistics

FireFire
wall

GGSN
GGSN

The reference tool is COMPASS GPRS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 35

OSI Layers

4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and


GPRS QoS

1 1 36

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 36

4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS

Impacts

GSM QoS

GPRS QoS

1 1 37

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Bad radio conditions like coverage or interference problems degrading GSM QoS also provoke BSS GPRS
QoS problems.
Bad BSS GPRS performance is not always correlated to GSM QoS problems:
z

Congestion can be due to a lack of resource specific to GPRS.

A low throughput can be due to a bad setting of radio algorithms specific to GPRS.

On the other hand GPRS traffic can induce or worsen GSM QoS performance:
z

PS traffic can increase CS congestion.

PS signaling using CCCH channels can induce a PS AGCH and/or PCH overload and eventually an SDCCH
congestion.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 37

4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS

Exercise
z

Among the following list of typical problems in a GSM network, find the
ones having an impact on BSS GPRS QoS
Typical BSS GSM problem
Coverage
Interference
path unbalanced at cell fringe
TRX HW degradation
Abis MW problem
A interface congestion
SDCCH congestion
TCH congestion
Rate of LU/call too high
Handover failure too high

Impact on BSS GPRS QoS

Time allowed:
10 minutes

1 1 38

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 38

5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS


QoS Interpretation

1 1 39

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 39

5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation

GPRS Protocol Layers

IP

User data in IP packets

GMM signaling messages

SNDCP

SM

GMM

GMM

SM

SNDCP

SM signaling messages
LLC frames

LLC
RLC

RLC

MAC

Physical
layer

Um

L2-GCH
L1-GCH
BTS

1 1 40

relay

L2-GCH
L1-GCH

Abis/Ater

BSSGP

BSSGP

Frame
relay
Physical
layer

MAC

relay

Physical
layer
MS

LLC

PCU

MFS

Frame
relay
Physical
layer

Gb

SGSN

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

For a PS service the BSS simply relays the LLC frames between the MS and the SGSN. GPRS GMM/SM
signaling messages are transferred through the BSS as User data.
Therefore a BSS Data transfer procedure (called TBF) is carried out either to transfer user data or to
transmit MS-SGSN signaling message. BSS GPRS QoS indicators have to be carefully interpreted especially
in the case of a high load of GPRS signaling.
BSS GPRS Protocol (BSSGP)
Its function is to relay LLC frames over the Gb interface, with no guarantee of integrity (relaying user
data and GMM / SM messages: session, RA_update and paging procedures).
There is 1 BSSGP frame for 1 LLC frame.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 40

5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation

GMM/SM Signaling Load


z

There are a lot of GPRS signaling message in case of:


cell update
RA update (Normal, Periodic)

There are less GPRS signaling message in case of:

GPRS attach
GPRS detach
PDP context activation
PDP context de-activation

1 1 41

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

BSS GPRS QoS indicators must be carefully interpreted knowing that TBFs are used for both data and
signaling transfer.
Gb traces might be needed for a better understanding of QoS problems.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 41

6 Indicators Classification

1 1 42

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 42

6 Indicators Classification

QoS Family
z
z

Traffic Load
Quality Of Service
Evaluation of the rate of success or failure per interface:
(Radio, AterMux, Gb)

or per telecom procedure:


TBF UL/DL establishment, UL/DL Data transfer, radio resource allocation or
re-allocation
z

Resource Availability and Usage

Abis interface (abis nibbles)


AterMux interface (GCH, LapD)
Gb interface (PVC, Bearer Channel)
GPU object (CPU and DSP usage)

1 1 43

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 43

6 Indicators Classification

QoS Sub-families

GPU

1 1 44

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 44

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 1 45

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 45

5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation

Exercise
z

A customer complains about the fact that transferring a file from his
laptop to his home computer using GPRS connected to internet takes
too much time.

What will you do if you have to investigate this customer complaint?

Time allowed:
10 minutes

1 1 46

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 46

End of Module
Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring

1 1 47

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 1 Page 47

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 2
Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures

3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 1

Blank Page

122

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
Describe the main BSS GPRS procedures and algorithms having an impact on
QoS

123

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

124

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!


1 GPRS Logical Channels
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

125

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 5

7
9
17

Table of Contents [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

126

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

This page is left blank intentionally

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 6

1 GPRS Logical Channels

127

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 7

1 GPRS Logical Channels

Organization
physical channel

PDCH

control channel
traffic channel

logical channel

signaling associated control channel


logical channel category

Master PDCH

Primary MPDCH

PBCCH

Slave PDCH

Secondary MPDCH

PCCCH

PPCH
128

PTCH

PAGCH

PDTCH

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 8

PTCCH

PACCH

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure


between the MS and the BSS

129

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 9

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

Radio Resources

PDCH 1
B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

PDCH 2
B0

B1

B2

B3

PDCH 3
B0

B1

B2

TBF with TFI = 5

z
z

B3

TBF with TFI = 17

TBF with TFI = 24

Temporary Block Flow (TBF): unidirectional flow of data between the


MS and the MFS for the transfer of one or more LLC PDUs
Radio resources allocated to a TBF are:
DL TBF
UL TBF

1 2 10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A Temporary Block Flow is a temporary, unidirectional physical connection across the Um interface,
between one mobile and the BSS. The TBF is established when data units are to be transmitted across
the Um interface. It is released as soon as the transmission is completed.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 10

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

TBF Phases
z

The TBF procedure can be split as represented below

establishment

progress

release

Radio resources to be
used during the data
transfer are reserved by
the BSS and are assigned
to the MS

Data transfer through


RLC blocks
transmission

Radio resources are


freed

During an on-going TBF (progress) in one direction, a TBF in the other


direction can be established quicker than usually

1 2 11

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 11

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

UL TBF, Delayed Final PUAN without Extended UL TBF


z

In order to establish a DL TBF faster the release of a UL TBF can be


delayed

T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN is the time during which a DL TBF can be


established using the UL TBF radio resources before they are freed

T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN

UL TBF

establishment

1 2 12

progress

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 12

release
default: 400ms

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

UL TBF, Delayed Final PUAN with extended UL TBF

Extended UL TBF mode


T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
default : 2 seconds

UL TBF

TBF establishment

TBF active

TBF extended

release

UL TBF is maintained during T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL after the last


block ( CV=0) has been acknowledged

1 2 13

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 13

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

DL TBF, Delayed DL TBF Release


z

The release of a DL TBF is delayed after all the DL RLC blocks have
been transferred in order to be able to:

establish a UL TBF faster


resume the DL data transfer (new LLC PDU coming from the SGSN)
without having to establish a new DL TBF
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
default : 1.6 seconds

DL TBF

TBF active

progress
1 2 14

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 14

TBF delayed

release

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

DL TBF, Fast Establishment


z

A DL TBF can be re-established faster during a short time after a DL


TBF release using the radio resources of the previous TBF

It is possible because the MS still monitors the radio resources during


timer T3192 after the DL TBF has been released
T3192
default : 500ms
Fast DL TBF
establishment
on PACCH

DL TBF

possible

TBF active

TBF delayed

release

1 2 15

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 15

2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS

DL TBF, Establishment in DRX Mode


z

After T3192, a DL TBF has to be established on Control Channels:

faster during DRX_TIMER_MAX when the MS is in Non-DRX mode


slower afterwards when the MS is in DRX mode
DRX_TIMER_MAX
T3192

default : 2 seconds

DL TBF

DL TBF establishment

TBF active

possible
TBF delayed

on AGCH,

TBF release
1 2 16

or PCH of MS paging group


All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 16

on PCH
of MS paging group

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

1 2 17

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 17

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

L1bis
z

Bearer Channels: consecutive n timeslots of a 2Mb/s link


with n = 0 31

Gb interface
MFS

SGSN

BSSGP

BSSGP

NS (NSC)

NS (NSC)

NS (SNS)

NS (SNS)
PCM

BC i

BC x

PCM

L1

L1
BC j

1 2 18

BC y

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The Gb physical interface is made up of one or more 64-Kbit/s channels on one or more physical lines at
2048 Kbit/s.
Both individual 64-Kbit/s and n*64-Kbit/s channels are supported by the MFS.
A Bearer Channel (BC) is an n*64-Kbit/s channel (1 n 31).
NB: among the 16 PCM links offered per PCU, only 8 are dedicated to the Gb interface, 4 for the upload
and 4 for the download. The maximum point-to-point transfer capacity over the Gb interface in one
direction is then 31*64 Kbit/s*4 = 8192 Kbit/s.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 18

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

Network Service
z

The Sub-Network Service (SNS):


Routing of the BC onto the Frame Relay, thanks to Permanent Virtual
Connections (PVC)
Only 1 PVC per BC

Gb interface

MFS

SGSN

BSSGP

BSSGP
Frame Relay Network

NS (NSC)

PVCa
DLCIx

PVCm
DLCI

NS (NSC)

NS (SNS)

NS (SNS)

L1

L1
PVCb
DLCIy

1 2 19

PVCn
DLCI
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Concept of PVC:
z

A PVC is a synchronous access line, semi-permanent connection.

The PVC allows the multiplexing on a BC.

It is not an end to end link between the MFS and the SGSN.

At MFS side a PVC is identified by its Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) which is
independent from the one defined at SGSN side. DLCI 0 is used for signaling.

There is one PVC per BC.

The SNS layer, layer 2.1 in the OSI model, offers the Frame Relay technology. The NSC layer, layer 2.2 in
the OSI model, offers the point to point data transfer in both directions.
The PVC standards are not specific to GPRS. Please refer to the Frame Relay Forum organization, the
ITU-T and ANSI (T1S1.1 workshop) specifications.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 19

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

Network Service [cont.]


z

The Network Service Control (NSC)


Manages n Virtual Connections (NS-VCs) per GPU, with 2 n < 120
Share the load within 1 GPU

Gb interface
MFS
BSSGP

SGSN
NSVC
NSVCi=11

BSSGP

NS (NSC)

NS (NSC)

NS (SNS)

NS (SNS)

L1

1 2 20

NSVC
NSVCi=12

L1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Concept of NS-VC:
z

A NS-VC is an end to end logical link between the MFS and the SGSN.

Each NS-VC is identified by its NSVCI which has an end to end significance on the Gb interface.

There is a one to one relation between one NS-VC and one PVC.

Sub-network service function: ordered data transfer.

The main functions of the NSC layer (2.2 layer) are: sequencing of the data transmission, flow control,
lost frame management.
When a MS performs a GPRS ATTACH, it is allocated on one NS-VC and only one. There is no change of NSVC afterwards, until cell reselection or GPRS DETACH.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 20

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

Network Service [cont.]


z

Concept of Network Service Entity (NSE):


1 NSE groups several NS-VCs ( 2 NS-VCs per NSE)
1 NSE = 1 GPU
The NSE is identified by an NSEi which has an end-to-end significance over
the Gb interface
Load sharing: the NS-VCs of the NSE are shared among the BVC's associated to
the NSE
NSE
NSEi = 1

NSVC
NSVCi=11

BSSGP
NS (NSC)
PCU

NS (SNS)
NSVC
NSVCi=12

L1

1 2 21

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Note: for MM purposes, the SGSN needs a 1:1 correspondence between the NSEI and the RAI.

BSS
Cell

BSSGP layer

BVC

Physical layer

Cell

BVC

BVC

Cell

BVC

NSE

NSC sub-layer

SNS sub-layer

Cell

NSE

NS-VC

NS-VC

NS-VC

NS-VC

PVC

PVC

PVC

PVC

BC

BC
2 Mbit/s

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 21

BC

BC
2 Mbit/s

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

BSSGP
z

BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC)


End-to-end link between the MFS and the SGSN
1 BVC = 1 cell
n BVC within 1 GPU
BVCi=2
BVCi=1

BVCi=n

Gb interface

BVCi=2
BVCi=1

BSSGP

BSSGP

NSC

NSC
SNS

BVCi=n

NSVC

SNS
L1

L1
SGSN

MFS
1 2 22

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Two types of BVC:


z
z

point-to-point BVC dedicated to the PS traffic of one cell (BVCi 0).


signaling BVC (BVCi=0) which is the signaling circuit of all the point to point BVCs of one NSE
(GPU).

For NM reason, the duplet BVCi/NSEi must be unique within an SGSN.

To activate a new cell in an SGSN, it is only needed to add a new BVCi in an NSEi. No update of the NSEi
information is necessary.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 22

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

Gb Interface - Manageable Entities


BSS side

GPRS Core Network side


BVCI=2
PCM
BC

BVCI=2
BVCI=1
BVCI=3

BSC1

NSVC1

PCM
PVC
BC

BVCI=1
NSE1

NSE1
PCM
BC

PCM
PVC
BC

NSVC2

BVCI=3

F.R
Network
PCM
BC

BVCI=5
BVCI=4
BVCI=6

BSC2

NSVC3

BVCI=5
BVCI=4

PCM
PVC
BC
NSE2

NSE2
PCM
BC

NSVC4

PCM
PVC
BC

BVCI=6

SGSN
1 2 23

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Number of PDCH per GP board in the MFS Evolution B10:

(note 1 and note 2: with Gb over IP only)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 23

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

Gb Interface - Protocol Model and Entities


BSS side

GPRS Core Network side

BVCI=2
BVCI=1
BVCI=3

BSC1
BSS GPRS Protocol

BSS GPRS Protocol

BVC

(BSSGP)

(BSSGP)

BVCI=5
BVCI=4
BVCI=6

BSC2

Network Service Control

(NSC)

NSE

NS-VC

Sub-Network Service

(SNS)

1 2 24

(NSC)
Sub-Network Service

BC

PVC

Physical layer
Packet Control Unit function
(PCU)

Network Service Control

(SNS)
Physical layer

Frame Relay

SGSN

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Dimensioning rules MFS Evolution B10:

Note 1:Both maximum number of E1 and maximum number of GP for stand-alone MFS cannot be reached
simultaneously. The operator has to make the following choice at commissioning:
- 16 E1 with up to 8 GP with one shelf and up to 16 GP with two shelves.
- 12 E1 with up to 9 GP for the first shelf and up to 21GP with two shelves.
Note 2: In case of MFS in centralized clock mode, two 2 E1 ports are reserved for clock distribution. In
this case the maximum number of E1 is reduced to 14.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 24

3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame

BSSGP Frame
z

One BSSGP PDU includes one and only one LLC PDU
BSSGP frame
LLC frame

BVCI

TLLI

GPRS Traffic or signaling

LLC header

LLC payload

BSSGP header

1 2 25

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

In case of data traffic the LLC PDU contains an SNDCP PDU.


In case of signaling, the LLC PDU contains a GMM or an SM message.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 25

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 2 26

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 26

End of Module
Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures

1 2 27

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 2 Page 27

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 3
Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators

3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 1

Blank Page

132

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
Interpret the BSS GPRS QoS indicators attached to each BSS GPRS procedure
or algorithm having an impact on QoS
Interpret the BSS GPRS PM counters used in the computation formulae of QoS
indicators

133

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

134

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!


1 Data Transfer Establishment
2 Data Transfer Progress
3 Data Transfer Release
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
5 Resource Usage
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
7 Cell Reselection

135

7
56
88
118
127
165
179

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 5

Table of Contents [cont.]


Page

Switch to notes view!

136

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 6

1 Data Transfer Establishment

137

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 7

1 Data Transfer Establishment

TBF Establishments
Data Transfer
establishment

DL TBF establishment

UL TBF establishment

MS in MM Ready state

MS in MM Ready state

MS in MM Standby
state
PS Paging

MS in PIM

MS in PTM

MS in PTM

MS in PIM

(DL TBF)
on CCCH

or

1-Phase
2-Phase

(UL TBF)

on PACCH

DL TBF
running

138

or

on CCCH

on PACCH

DRX

UL TBF
running

Non-DRX

or

T3192
running

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

There are 3 types of UL TBF establishment:


z 1-phase access on CCCH : when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS does not need more than 1 PDCH
and wants to transfer blocks in RLC acknowledge mode.

2-phase access on CCCH : when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS needs more than 1 PDCH or
wants to transfer blocks in RLC unacknowledge mode.

zDuring

a DL TBF: when the MS is in Packet Transfer Mode in DL.

There 4 types of DL TBF establishment:


On CCCH DRX mode: when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS is listening to all PCH channels of its
CS paging group.

z
z

On CCCH Non-DRX mode: when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS is listening to all AGCH channels.

zDuring

a UL TBF: when the MS is in Packet Transfer Mode in UL.

z When T3192 is running: when a DL TBF has been released at the MS side and before the previously used
radio resources are released (at T3192 expiry).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 8

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment 1-Phase Access on CCCH, Success


MS

BTS
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
RACH

Channel required
(TA)
TA calculation

Immediate assignment
MS switches
AGCH
on assigned
PDCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

Contention
resolution

BSC

MFS

Channel request (TA)

GPRS

EGPRS

P62c

P62d

GCH allocation

Imm. assign. command Channel assignment UL (IA)

RLC data block


PDTCH

PDCH, TFI, USF, TAI, TA, CS


(MCS, EGPRS window size)

USF Scheduling

T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
expiry
T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH

RLC data block


TLLI, TFI

Packet UL Ack/Nack

P49

Packet UL Ack/Nack

P30c

P30d

GPRS

EGPRS

TLLI, TFI

PACCH
139

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

In case a Channel Request or an EGPRS Packet Channel Request is received from the mobile station, an
Immediate Assignment message is sent to the MS assigning the radio resources (the PDCH id, the USF value,
the TFI value, the TAI value).
In case a Channel Request is received on a RACH, the BSS does not know the multislot class of the MS.
Consequently, the Alcatel BSS assigns only one PDCH to the MS.
In case an EGPRS Packet Channel Request message is received from the mobile station, the EGPRS multislot
class of the MS is known by the BSS. However only one PDCH is allocated due to the limitation of the
Immediate Assignment message:
z If the PDCH is allocated on a non-EGPRS capable TRX an Immediate Assignment message in GPRS mode is
sent to the MS including the PDCH id, the USF value, the TFI value, the TAI value, the TA value, and the
GPRS coding scheme to be used.
z If the PDCH is allocated on an EGPRS capable TRX, an Immediate Assignment message in EGPRS mode TA
value and the EGPRS modulation and coding scheme to be used.
Timers
z T_USF_scheduling_AGCH: Time between the sending of the Assignment Command message to the BTS and
the scheduling of the first UL block on the PDCH. This internal MFS timer is always expiring in order to leave
time to the MS to switch from a CCCH to a PDCH time slot.
z T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH T_USF_scheduling_AGCH: Started at T_USF_scheduling_AGCH expiry, stopped
when receiving the first UL block from the MS.

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH = 0.8 s (default value) but computed as a function of the CCCH


configuration in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T_USF_scheduling_AGCH = 0 ms (default value). It cannot be set at OMC-R level.


z T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH" is the HMI name of "T_ul_assign_ccch" present in BSS telecom parameters
catalogue
A contention resolution procedure is used in order to avoid that two MSs sending a Channel Request at the
same time use the same allocated radio resource to send data:
z Each MS sends its TLLI in the first RLC Data Block.
z The TLLI of the MS chosen by the BSS is present in the Packet UL Ack/Nack from the MFS.
z The other MS will stop using the radio resource when receiving the Packet UL Ack/Nack with another TLLI.
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 9

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment 2-Phase Access on CCCH, Success


MS (EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
RACH

BTSChannel required
(TA)
TA calculation

BSC

Channel request
(TA)

MFS GPRS EGPRS


P62c

P62d

GCH allocation

Channel assignment UL (IA) P49


Imm. assign. command
PDCH id, TBF starting time,
Immediate assignment
MS switches
TA, 1 (multiple) block(s)
AGCH
on allocated
T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH
RLC block(s) Packet resource request
Packet resource request
PACCH
TLLI, MS Radio Access Capability, QoS
Contention
(Additional Radio Access Capability)
resolution
T3168

MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs

GCH allocation

Packet UL assignment
PACCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH
RLC data block
PDTCH

Packet UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
USF Scheduling
RLC data block

1 3 10

T_ACK_WAIT

P30c

P30d

GPRS

EGPRS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A 2-phase access is initiated in one of the following cases:


When a GPRS MS wants to use the TBF to send user data in RLC unacknowledged mode.
When a GPRS or EGPRS MS wants to precise QoS parameters (e.g., Peak_Throughput_Class, Radio_Priority).
z When a GPRS MS wants to provide the BSS with its multislot class in case of an uplink access done on CCCH.
z When an GPRS MS wants to establish the TBF to send user data in RLC acknowledged mode and the
amount of data to send takes more than 8 RLC/MAC blocks (Note 1 and Note 2).
z If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is not supported in the cell (Note: the Alcatel BSS always
supports the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST), when an EGPRS MS wishes to send user data or signaling
data.
z If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is supported in the cell, when an EGPRS MS wants to use the TBF
to send user data in RLC unacknowledged mode.
z If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is supported in the cell, when an EGPRS MS wants to establish the
TBF to send user data in RLC acknowledged mode and the amount of data to send takes more than 8
RLC/MAC blocks (Note 3 and Note 4).
Note 1: The number of blocks must be calculated assuming channel coding scheme CS-1.
Note 2: The mobile station can also request a 1-phase access.
Note 3: The number of blocks must be calculated assuming modulation and channel coding scheme
MCS-1.
Note 4: If the cell is EGPRS capable, the mobile station can also request 1-phase access.
z
z

The MS Radio Access Capability IE includes the Multislot class of the MS as well as the QoS required for the
transfer
Timers
z T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH, controls the duration between (EGPRS Packet) Channel Request message and the
UL radio block allocated to the MS.
z T_ACK_WAIT: Started when the first UL block is scheduled to the MS, stopped when receiving the first UL
block.

T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at OMC-R level.


z T3168: MS timer started when sending the Packet Resource Request message and stopped when receiving
the Packet UL Assignment. It is broadcast in the SI13 message.

T3168 = 1 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level but 1 s is the minimum value.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 10

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment 1-Phase Access on PCCCH, Success


MS

BTS

(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request

PRACH (4 A.B.)

BSC

MFS

(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request Packet Channel request
(TA)
(TA)

TA calculation

(EGPRS) Multislot class

GPRS

EGPRS

P62a

P62d

GCH allocation

MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs

Contention

Packet UL assignment
Packet UL assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS (MCS, EGPRS window
PAGCH
size)
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

T_ACK_WAIT

USF Scheduling

RLC data block


PDTCH

RLC data block


TLLI, TFI

resolution

Packet UL Ack/Nack
PACCH
1 3 11

P30a

P30d

GPRS

EGPRS

Packet UL Ack/Nack
TLLI, TFI
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Possible causes for the one phase access for GPRS:


z 1-phase access (MS multislot class provided)
z Short access (less than 8 RLC blocks)
z Paging response
z Cell update
z MM procedures (GPRS Attach, GPRS Detach, RA update)
z Single block without TBF establishment
Note: The access indicating Single Block Without TBF Establishment is supported by the Alcatel BSS: such
an access is used by the MS to report a Packet Measurement Report message or a Packet Cell Change Failure
message in Packet Idle Mode
Possible causes for the one phase access for EGPRS:
1-phase access
z Short access
z Signaling
z

A EGPRS mobile provides both its GPRS multislot class and its EGPRS multislotclass. If the TBF can not be
established in EGPRS mode it will then be established in GPRS mode if possible. In this case the EGPRS
multislot class is used by the BSS to allocate the corresponding number of PDCHs. If the GPRS multislot class
is higher than the EGPRS one then the TBF is a candidate for a subsequent radio resource re-allocation to
extend the number of PDCHs.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 11

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment 2-Phases Access on PCCCH, Success


(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
BTS
BSC
MFS GPRS
Packet
Channel
request Packet Channel request
Packet Channel request
(TA)
(TA)
PRACH (4 A.B.)

MS

TA calculation

Packet UL assignment
PAGCH
MS switches
on allocated
RLC block(s)
Contention

Packet resource request


PACCH

(EGPRS) Multislot class

Packet UL assignment
PDCH id, TBF starting time, TA, 1
(multiple) block(s)

MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs

P62d

T_UL_Assign_PCCCH

Packet resource request


TLLI, MS Radio Access Capability, QoS
(Additional Radio Access Capability)

resolution
T3168

P62a

EGPRS

PDCH & GCH


allocation

Packet UL assignment
PACCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH
RLC data block
PDTCH

Packet UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
USF Scheduling
RLC data block

T_ACK_WAIT

P30a
GPRS

1 3 12

P30d
EGPRS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Timer
T_UL_ASSIGN_PCCCH controls the duration between (EGPRS) Packet Request message and the UL radio
block allocated to the MS.
T_UL_ASSIGN_PCCCH = 0.4 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level.
2-phase access is used when the MS wants specific QoS attribute values to be taken into account (e.g., RLC
Nack mode).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 12

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment during a DL TBF, Success


MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

DL transfer
RLC data block
PDTCH

RLC data block, polling


GPRS

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCH
T3168

EGPRS

(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request P62b


GCH allocation

Packet UL assignment
Packet UL assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFIUL,TAI, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
PACCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

USF Scheduling
RLC data block

RLC data block


PDTCH

T_ACK_WAIT

P30b
GPRS

1 3 13

EGPRS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This scenario corresponds to a UL TBF establishment in PTM without re-allocation of the on-going DL TBF.
The Packet UL Assignment message is repeated N_SIG_REPEAT times because if the MS has not decoded the
Packet UL Assignment then the MS tries again to establish the UL TBF only after T3168 expiry.
N_SIG_REPEAT = 1 (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level. Therefore the Packet UL Assignment
is sent 2 times in a row.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 13

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment, Exercise


z
z
z

Exercise 1: Identify the type of UL TBF establishment procedure among


the provided traces 1, 2, 3, 9
Exercise 2: Using the trace 2 , find how many TBFs are established and
when?
Exercise 3: Using the trace 2, identify the values of:
TFIUL
TFIDL
PDCHs allocated for the UL TBF

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 14

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 14

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment, Failures


UL TBF Establishment Success Rate

TBF Establishment Efficiency

TBF Establishment Preparation Success


Radio Congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure BSS

Abis Congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure Gb

Ater Congestion

TBF Estab Congestion


Rate
Radio Congestion
Duration

GPU congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure Radio

DSP Congestion
DSP in load/overload
CPU Congestion
Too many TBF

1 3 15

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Note:
z GPU congestion means that the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in terms of
resources GCH and/or PDCH.
z A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough Ater nibbles to serve the UL TBF request.
z A lack of Abis transmission resources occurs when there is not enough Abis nibbles to serve the UL TBF
request.
The GPU is split into two sub-units : the Packet Management Unit (PMU) and the Packet Traffic Unit (PTU).
The functions managed by the PMU are implemented on the PowerPC (CPU) processor
The functions managed by the PTU are implemented on 4 Digital Signalling Processors (DSP) for a GPU board

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 15

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Congestion


z

Radio Congestion

1. maximum number of MSs per slave


PDCH in uplink is reached
2. no TAI or TFI left in the MFS
3. no PDCH are granted to MFS due to a
CS congestion and
max_pdch_high_load=0
z

UL TBF establishment fails due to a too


low number of available GCH, compared
to the number of TBF's.
z

DSP in load/overload state


UL TBF establishment fails due to the
internal cause CPU_DSP_LOAD

Ater Congestion
UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Ater resources

DSP Congestion
maximum capacity of at least one DSP
on the GPU is reached in terms of
resources GCH and/or PDCH.

Abis Congestion
UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Abis resources

Too Many TBF's

CPU Congestion
UL TBF cannot be established due to
CPU processing power limitations of the
GPU

1 3 16

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This slide is also valid for the description of the different causes of congestion during a DL TBF
establishment.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 16

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Congestion [cont.]


MS

BTS
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
RACH

BSC

Channel required
(TA)

Imm. assign. command


Immediate assignment reject
(Imm. assign. Reject)
AGCH

MFS

Channel request (TA)


Channel assignment UL
(Imm. assign. Reject)

No resource available
(radio+Abis+Ater+Too
many TBF+DSP+
GPU+GPU-CPU)

Wait indication

P27+P105j+P105h+P10

(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
5l+P204+P105d+P105f
Packet Channel request Packet Channel request
(TA)
(TA)
or
Packet
resource
request
or Packet resource request
or Packet resource request
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with No resource available
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with
Channel request
Channel request
Channel request
(radio+Abis+Ater+Too
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel
request

Packet access reject


PACCH

Packet access reject

Packet access reject


Wait indication

1 3 17

many TBF+DSP+
GPU+GPU-CPU)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The first scenario corresponds to:


z

the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on CCCH.

the impossibility to allocate the UL block(s) for a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access on CCCH.

The second scenario corresponds to:


z

the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access on CCCH.

the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment during a DL TBF.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 17

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment on CCCH, Failures, Radio


MS

(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
RACH

BTS

Immediate assignment
AGCH

BSC

MFS

Channel request + TA
Channel required
(TA)
Channel assignment UL (IA)
Imm. assign. command PDCH, TFI, USF, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)

USF Scheduling

USF Scheduling
PDTCH
RLC data block
PDTCH

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH
expiry

Packet UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA,
CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
USF Scheduling

Packet UL assignment
PACCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

T_ACK_WAIT
expiry
1 3 18

P28

P28

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The first scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on
CCCH.
The second scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access
on CCCH.
If the contention resolution fails, the MS will try to establish the UL TBF up to 4 times.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 18

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment on PCCCH, Failures, Radio


MS

BTS
BSC
MFS
(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request Packet Channel request Packet Channel request
PRACH (4 A.B.)
(TA)
(EGPRS) Multislot class
Packet UL assignment
Packet UL assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
PAGCH
USF Scheduling
USF Scheduling
PDTCH
RLC data block
PDTCH
T_ACK_WAI
T expiry

Packet UL assignment
PACCH

P28

Packet UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
USF Scheduling

USF Scheduling
PDTCH

T_ACK_WAI
T expiry

1 3 19

P28

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The first scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on
PCCCH.
The second scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access
on PCCCH.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 19

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment during a DL TBF, Failures, Radio


MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

DL transfer / Active or Delayed phase

RLC data block


PDTCH

RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCH
T3168

(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request

Packet UL assignment
Packet UL Assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFIUL,TAI, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
PACCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

USF Scheduling

T_ACK_WAIT
expiry

1 3 20

P28

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If a DL TBF re-allocation is triggered upon a UL TBF establishment and if the DL TBF re-allocation fails due
to a radio problem then counter P28 is also incremented.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 20

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Gb, BSS


z

Problem at Gb interface level


When the CELL is in the operational state disabled in the BSS
y O&M problem
MS

MFS
<< UL

SGSN

establishment request >>


Cell identity

Cell BVC
unavailable
P66

Problem at BSS level


which is not linked to Congestion, Radio, Gb
y no specific counter

1 3 21

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A problem at BSS level can be linked to a Hardware or a Software failure.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 21

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment on CCCH, MS in Ready State


BTS

MS

Immediate assignment

BSC

Imm. assign. command

GCH allocation

T3190

Packet DL assignment
PACCH

GPRS

P91f,
P91c

EGPRS

P91g

t_assign_agch_pacch
t_assign_pch_pacch

Packet DL assignment, polling

TA calculation

PACCH
RLC data block
PDTCH
1 3 22

expiry & restart

Packet control Ack

Timing Advance / Power control

TA / PC

P53c,
P49

PDCH, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS)

PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)

Packet control Ack


PACCH (4 A.B.)

LLC PDU

Channel assignment DL (IA)

PCH/AGCH (DRX/Non-DRX)
MS
switches
on
assigned
PDCH

MFS

P90f,
P90c
GPRS
EGPRS

P90g
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:
z it sends again the Packet Downlink Assignment message up to MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS if the MS is
in DRX mode or up to MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS if the MS is in Non-DRX mode.
z if the Maximum number of retransmission of Packet Downlink Assignment message is reached then the MFS
restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.

MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS = 3 (default value)

MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS = 3 (default value)

MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)


z The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.
Timers
T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX
mode.

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH = 0.8 s (default value) but computed as a function of the CCCH configuration
in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH" is the HMI name of "T_ul_assign_ccch" described in the BSS telecom


parameters catalogue.
z T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from MS in DRX mode.

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH = 1.4 s (default value) but computed as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS CCCH
parameter in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH" is the HMI name of "T_dl_assign_ccch" described in the BSS telecom


parameters catalogue.
z t_assign_agch_pacch: is the time the MFS waits for the Packet Control Ack message after having sent the
Packet Downlink Assignment message to the MS in Non-DRX mode before repeating the Packet Downlink
Assignment message.

Its value is computed as T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH / (MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS + 1).


z t_assign_pch_pacch: is the time the MFS waits for the Packet Control Ack message after having sent the
Packet Downlink Assignment message to the MS in DRX mode before repeating the Packet Downlink
Assignment message.

Its value is computed as T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH / (MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS + 1).


z T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.

T3190 = 5s (default value).


z

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 22

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment on PCCCH, MS in Ready State


MS

BTS

BSC

GPRS

P91d,
P91a

EGPRS

P91g

T_ACK_WAIT

T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

TA calculation

Packet control Ack

Timing Advance / Power control

TA / PC
T3190

PACCH
RLC data block
PDTCH

1 3 23

LLC PDU

PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)

PPCH
(first/paging group)

Packet control Ack


PACCH (4 A.B.)

MFS

Packet DL assignment, polling

Packet DL assignment

MS
switches
on
assigned
PDCH

GCH allocation

P90d,
P90a
GPRS
EGPRS

P90g

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:
z

the MFS restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.

MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)

The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.

Timers
z

T_ACK_WAIT: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX mode.

T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in DRX
mode.

T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.

T3190 = 5 s (default value)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 23

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment during a UL TBF


MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

UL transfer
GCH allocation

gnment
Packet DL assi
PACCH
T3190

RRBP

Packet contr
ol Ack

ng
gnment, polli
Packet DL assi
window
, TAI, (EGPRS
PDCH(s), TFIDL
size)
RLC data block
PDTCH

LLC PDU
P91b
RRBP
+
40 ms

T_ACK_WAIT

Packet contr
ol Ack
P90b

1 3 24

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This scenario corresponds to a DL TBF establishment in PTM without re-allocation of the on-going UL TBF.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 24

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment, Radio Resource Optimization


MFS
n PDCHs
allocated
according to
MS multislot
class

BSSGP PDU
(QoS profile, LLC PDU)

QoS Profile IE from BSSGP message


8

octet 1
octet 2.2a
octet 3-4
octet 5

SGSN

GSM 08.18

4
3
2
1
IEI
Length Indicator
Peak bit rate provided by the network, coded as
the value part in Bucket Leak Rate/R IE/ GSM 08.18 a)
SPARE
C/R
T
A
Precedence

T bit coding
coding
0

Only 1 PDCH allocated

semantic
The SDU contains signaling (e.g., related to GMM)
The SDU contains data

n PDCHs allocated
according to
MS multislot class
1 3 25

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 25

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment, Exercise


z

Exercise 1: Identify the type of DL TBF establishment procedure among


the provided traces 6, 6bis, 8 and 9

Exercise 2: identify trace 6bis if the DL TBF is established for data or


signaling transfer

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 26

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 26

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF establishment, Failures


DL TBF Establishment Success Rate

TBF Establishment Efficiency

TBF Establishment Preparation Success


Radio Congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure BSS

Abis Congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure Gb

Ater Congestion
GPU congestion

TBF Establishment
Failure Radio

DSP Congestion
DSP in load/overload
CPU Congestion
Too many TBF

1 3 27

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 27

TBF Estab Congestion


Rate
Radio Congestion
Duration

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment, Failures, Cong and Gb


z

BSS resource congestion: radio (PDCH, TAI, TFI), Ater, GPU


MFS
LLC PDUs

No resource available:
(radio+Abis+Ater+DSP+CPU)+ CPU_LOAD + too
many TBFs

LLC Discarded

P14+ P105i+
P105g+P105c+P105e+P203+
P105k

SGSN

Problem at Gb interface level


When the CELL is in the operational state disabled in the BSS
y O&M problem

MFS

SGSN
LLC PDUs

Cell BVC unavailable


P65

1 3 28

LLC Discarded

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 28

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment, Failures, Radio


z

Radio problem
BTS

MS

Packet DL assignment

BSC

MFS

Packet DL assignment, polling


PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)

PACCH or PPCH

Packet control Ack


t_assign_agch_pacch expiry

PACCH

or t_assign_pch_pacch expiry
or T_ACK_WAIT expiry
for the last attempt of the same DL
TBF establishment

P15

Problem at BSS level


what is not Congestion, Radio, Gb
y no specific counter

1 3 29

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If a UL TBF re-allocation is triggered upon a DL TBF establishment and if the UL TBF re-allocation fails due
to a radio problem then counter P15 is also incremented.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 29

1 Data Transfer Establishment

Fast DL TBF Re-establishment, Success

MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

begin

T3192
&
T3192n

DL transfer

T3192

end

Same resources LLC PDU


allocation
P91e
ng
li
ol
p
t,
en
gnm
Packet DL assi GPRS window
RRBP
(E
I,
A
T
,
+
PDCH(s), TFIDL
40 ms
)
size
RLC data block
PDTCH
T_ACK_WAIT

gnment
Packet DL assi
H
C
PAC
RRBP

T3190

Packet contr
ol Ack

Packet contr
ol Ack
P90e

1 3 30

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:
z

the MFS restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.

MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)

The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.

Timers
z

T_ACK_WAIT: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX mode.

T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.

T3190 = 5 s (default value)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 30

1 Data Transfer Establishment

Fast DL TBF Re-establishment, Failures


z

All types of failures are counted in the same counters as for other
kinds of DL TBF establishment
BSS resource congestion
y
y
y
y
y
y
y

radio (PDCH, TAI, TFI):


Abis:
Ater:
GPU DSP Congestion:
GPU CPU processing power limitations:
DSP Load/Overload:
Too many TBFs:

radio:
Gb:
BSS:

P14
P105i
P105g
P105c
P105e
P203
P105k

P15
P65
no specific counter

1 3 31

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 31

1 Data Transfer Establishment

PS Paging
z Identify
MS

the procedures 1 and 2 on the following diagram


BSC

BTS

MFS
PS

PS
P391a

P53a/P61a

Paging Request/Packet Paging Request


PCH/PPCH

P53b/P61b

CS

Channel Request/Packet Channel Request


cause =?/cause =?
RACH/PRACH
Immediate Assignment/Packet Uplink Assignment
AGCH/PAGCH
USF Scheduling
PDTCH

P391b

SGSN
LLC PDU
PS Paging
MS in
Standby

CS

Procedure 1 ?

Sending of an LLC PDU (RLC blocks)


containing GMM Paging response message
PDTCH

MS
Ready

Procedure 2 ?
1 3 32

DL UNITDATA PDU

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A CS Paging Request can be sent by the SGSN to the MS through the GMM PS Paging message if the GS
interface exists (GPRS network configured in NMO I).
In the case a CS Paging Request sent on PCH or PPCH the MS performs a CS Radio Link Establishment
procedure.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 32

1 Data Transfer Establishment

PS Paging, Exercise
z

Exercise: Using the trace 7, find the cell in which the MS is located

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 33

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 33

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

Reduction of the Ping Duration


MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

SGSN

DL transfer (delayed state)


Packet DL Ack/Nack

(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request

Packet UL assignment

Packet UL assignment

USF Scheduling

USF Scheduling

RLC data block

RLC data block

RLC data block

RLC data block


LCC (Echo Req)

RLC data block

RLC data block

RLC data block

RLC data block

1 3 34

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Key Improvements, compared to B9:


PDAN to PUAS delay reduction
DL LLC PDU to DL RLC block delay reduction
Last DL RLC block sent in the same radio block as the other blocks
Improvement for EDGE mobiles, with BSC/MFS Evolution
Duration of Ping 32 bytes 0 second:
B9: 255~247ms
B10: 208~197ms

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 34

LCC (Echo Rep)

1 Data Transfer Establishment

PS Paging, Exercise (Reduction of Ping Time) B10

Exercise: In the following trace measure the PING duration


Trace 18
Can you find the same case as in the previous slide?
In which state is the UL TBF before the ping?

Exercise 2: Identify the length of the echo request message

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 35

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 35

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

TBF Establishments: Dual Transfer Mode


MS in dedicated mode

UL TBF establishment

DL TBF establishment

MS in MM Ready state

TCH change

MS in MM Ready state

Same TCH

TCH change

Same TCH

MS in Dual Transfer Mode

1 3 36

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 36

MS in MM Standby state

PS Paging

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode


BTS

MS

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)


[main DCCH]

DTM Request (2)

BSCGP DTM Request (3)

(TLLI, QoS, cause)


T3148n (BSC)

P507

(IMSI, current TCH)


T3148n (MFS)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (4)


T3148

USF USF USF

(IMSI, PUAS)

T_ACK_WAIT

Packet Assignment (5)


[FACCH] (TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)
Assignment Complete (6)

MC927c

BSC Shared DTM Info Indication

UL radio blocks (7)

[PDCH]

P508

UL LLC PDUs

1 3 37

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. It is assumed that the MFS has been informed that the MS is in dedicated mode.
2. The MS requests the establishment of a PS session by sending a DTM Request message and starts timer

T3148. This message contains:

TLLI of the MS

Radio priority (four possible values)

RLC mode associated with the packet transfer (RLC acknowledged mode or RLC unacknowledged
mode)

LLC frame type (whether or not the first LLC PDU is SACK or ACK)

Establishment cause (User data, Page response, Cell update, or MM procedure)

Peak Throughput Class and RLC_OCTET_COUNT field (indicating the number of RLC data volume
to be transferred)

Optionally the PFI

3. The BSC forwards the request to the MFS through a new message called BSCGP DTM Request. This

message contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI and BSC reference) and the identity of the radio
timeslot currently allocated to the MS. The radio timeslot identity is used to know whether or not the
TCH needs to be re-assigned.

4. The MFS sends to the BSC a new message called BSCGP DTM Assignment Command. This message

contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI), and the RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE that will be
transparently sent in the 44.018 Packet Assignment message. This IE provides the MS with information
required for the UL TBF allocation (TFI, TAI, USF and PDCHs). USF(s) are scheduled as soon as the BSCGP
DTM Packet Assignment message is sent and the timer T_ACK_WAIT is started to monitor the beginning
of the UL TBF.

5. The BSC builds the Packet Assignment message based on the information retrieved from the MFS and

sends it to the MS on the main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to monitor the receipt of the
Assignment Complete message. On receipt of the 44.018 Packet Assignment message, the MS stops timer
T3148.

6. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107 and sends a BSC Shared DTM

Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM assignment procedure.

7. The MS starts sending UL RLC blocks on the new assigned PDCH(s).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 37

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode TCH Change


BTS

MS

B10

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)


[old main DCCH]

DTM Request (2)

BSCGP DTM Request (3)

(TLLI, QoS, cause)


T3148n (BSC)

P507

(IMSI, current TCH)


T3148n (MFS)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (4)


T3148

USF USF USF

(IMSI, TCH, PUAS)

Chan. Act. (new TCH)


Chan. Act. ACK

T_ACK_WAIT

DTM Assignment Command (5)


[new FACCH]

(TCH, TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)


Assignment Complete (6)

MC927a

T3107
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication

UL radio blocks (7)

[PDCH]

P508

UL LLC PDUs

1 3 38

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. It is assumed that the MFS has been informed that the MS is in dedicated mode.
2. The MS requests the establishment of a PS session by sending a DTM Request message and starts timer

T3148. This message contains:

TLLI of the MS

Radio priority (four possible values)

RLC mode associated with the packet transfer (RLC acknowledged mode or RLC unacknowledged
mode)

LLC frame type (whether or not the first LLC PDU is SACK or ACK)

Establishment cause (User data, Page response, Cell update, or MM procedure)

Peak Throughput Class and RLC_OCTET_COUNT field (indicating the number of RLC data volume
to be transferred)

Optionally the PFI

3. The BSC forwards the request to the MFS through a new message called BSCGP DTM Request. This

message contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI and BSC reference) and the identity of the radio
timeslot currently allocated to the MS. The radio timeslot identity is used to know whether or not the
TCH needs to be re-assigned.

4. The MFS sends to the BSC a new message called BSCGP DTM Assignment Command. This message

contains the reference of the MS (i.e. IMSI), the new TCH to be assigned to the MS, and the RR Packet
Uplink Assignment IE that will be transparently sent in the 44.018 DTM Assignment Command message.
This IE provides the MS with information required for the UL TBF allocation (TFI, TAI, USF and PDCHs).
USF(s) are scheduled as soon as the BSCGP DTM Assignment Command is sent and the timer T_ACK_WAIT
is started to monitor the beginning of the UL TBF.

5. The BSC activates the new TCH, builds the DTM Assignment Command message based on the information

retrieved from the MFS and sends it to the MS on the old main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to
monitor the receipt of the Assignment Complete message. On receipt of the 44.018 DTM Assignment
Command message, the MS stops timer T3148.

6. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107 and sends a BSC Shared DTM

Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM assignment procedure.

7. The MS starts sending UL RLC blocks on the new assigned PDCH(s).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 38

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failures


z

DTM
DTM UL TBF
establishment FAILURE

Radio Resource
Congestion

Radio failure

Problem at BSS level


what is not Congestion, Radio
y no specific counter

1 3 39

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 39

BSS pb

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Cong


BTS

MS

B10

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH)


[main DCCH]

DTM Request

BSCGP DTM Request

(TLLI, QoS, cause)


T3148n (BSC)

P507

(IMSI, current TCH)


T3148n (MFS)
BSCGP DTM Reject

T3148

P512

expiry

1 3 40

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.


P512: Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due to a lack of radio
resources.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 40

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Radio


BTS

MS

B10

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH)


[main DCCH]

DTM Request

BSCGP DTM Request

(TLLI, QoS, cause)


T3148n (BSC)

P507

(IMSI, current TCH)


T3148n (MFS)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD


T3148

USF USF USF


Packet Assignment

[FACCH] (TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)

(IMSI, PUAS)

MC927c

T_ACK_WAIT
P28

expiry

UL RLC Block

1 3 41

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.


P28: Number of UL TBF establishment failures at the expiry of T_ACK_WAIT timer (typical UL TBF
Establishment Failure due to Radio problems, not specific to DTM)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 41

1 Data Transfer Establishment

UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Radio


z

With TCH change

BTS

MS

B10

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH)


[main DCCH]

DTM Request

BSCGP DTM Request

(TLLI, QoS, cause)


T3148n (BSC)

P507

(IMSI, current TCH)


T3148n (MFS)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD


T3148

(IMSI,TCH, PUAS)

USF USF USF


DTM Assignment Command (5)

[FACCH]

MC927c

(TCH, TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)

T_ACK_WAIT

T3107
DTM Assign Failure

or
expiry

Establish Indication
Data Indication
(DTM Assign Failure)
1 3 42

P28
MC927e

BSCGP DTM Assign Failure

stop

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.


P28: Number of UL TBF establishment failures at the expiry of T_ACK_WAIT timer.
MC927e: Number of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH with execution failures due
to MS access problem.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 42

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode


MS

BTS

BSC

BSCGP BSC
Shared DTM Info Indication
(IMSI's of all DTM MS's
in dedicated mode)
8s.

Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)

MFS

BSCGP BSC
Shared DTM Info Indication

DL LLC PDUs (2)


P505

(IMSI)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (3)


(IMSI, PDAS)

[FACCH]

Packet Assignment (4)


(TFI, TAI, PDCHs)

MC927d

DL radio blocks (5)

[PDCH]

T_DTM_ASSIGN

expiry
T_ACK_WAIT

PDAN
P506
1 3 43

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Note: the "Shared DTM Info Indication" is sent periodically to the MFS (every T_SHARED_DTM_INFO = 8s), to
ensure the PS paging co-ordination for DTM MS in dedicated mode.
1. While the MS is in GMM ready state, the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU including the IMSI of the MS.
2. It is assumed here that the identity of the TCH used by the MS is known by the MFS (i.e. there is a TCH

assigned to the MS). The MFS first checks whether the TCH needs to be re-assigned. It prepares
accordingly the radio (TCH and PDCH) and transmission (PDCH only) resources required to serve the DL
request.The MFS sends to the BSC the new BSCGP DTM Assignment Command message. This message
contains the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI and BSC reference) and the contents of the 44.018 Packet
Assignment message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the DL TBF establishment (DL
TFI, TAI, and PDCHs). The MFS also starts T_DTM_ASSIGN.

3. The BSC sends to the MS the 44.018 Packet Assignment message on the main DCCH.
4. At T_DTM_ASSIGN expiry, the MFS starts sending DL RLC data blocks and starts T_ACK_WAIT to monitor

DL TBF establishment (at the first occurrence of PACCH, the MFS polls the MS). Note that the MFS does
not need to provide the MS with the GPRS timing advance since this value is ignored by the MS when the
MS is in dual transfer mode. T_ACK_WAIT will be stopped at reception of the first PDAN.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 43

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode TCH Change


MS

BTS

B10

MFS

BSC

Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)


DL LLC PDUs (2)
P505

(IMSI)

BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (3)


(IMSI, TCH, PDAS)
Chan. Act. (new TCH)
Chan. Act. ACK
[old FACCH]
[new FACCH]

DTM Assignment Command (4)


(TCH, TFI, TAI, PDCHs)
Assignment Complete (5)

T3107
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication

DL radio blocks (6)

[PDCH]

T_DTM_ASSIGN

MC927b

expiry
T_ACK_WAIT

PDAN
P506
1 3 44

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. The MS is in dedicated mode and in GMM ready state.


2. While the MS is in GMM ready state, the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU including the IMSI of the MS.
3. It is assumed here that the identity of the TCH used by the MS is known by the MFS (i.e. there is a TCH

assigned to the MS). The MFS first checks whether the TCH needs to be re-assigned. It prepares
accordingly the radio (TCH and PDCH) and transmission (PDCH only) resources required to serve the DL
request.The MFS sends to the BSC the new BSCGP DTM Assignment Command message. This message
contains the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI and BSC reference), the identify of the new TCH, and the RR
Packet Downlink Assignment IE that will be transparently sent in the 44.018 DTM Assignment Command
message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the DL TBF establishment (DL TFI, TAI,
and PDCHs).The MFS also starts T_DTM_ASSIGN.

4. The BSC activates the new TCH, builds the DTM Assignment Command message based in the information

retrieved from the MFS and sends it on the old main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to monitor the
receipt of the Assignment Complete message.

5. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107, releases the old TCH and

sends a BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM
assignment procedure.

6. At T_DTM_ASSIGN expiry, the MFS starts sending DL RLC data blocks and starts T_ACK_WAIT to monitor

DL TBF establishment (at the first occurrence of PACCH, the MFS polls the MS). Note that the MFS does
not need to provide the MS with the GPRS timing advance since this value is ignored by the MS when the
MS is in dual transfer mode.T_ACK_WAIT will be stopped at reception of the first PDAN.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 44

1 Data Transfer Establishment

DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failures


z

DTM
DL TBF establishment FAILURE

Radio Resource
Congestion

Radio pb

P511

MC927f

Problem at BSS level


what is not Congestion, Radio
y no specific counter

1 3 45

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 45

BSS pb

B10

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

PS Paging in Dedicated Mode


MS

BTS

BSC

MFS

Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)


PS paging (2)
(IMSI)
BSCGP DTM Packet Notification (3)
(CI, IMSI)
[FACCH]

Packet Notification (4)

T_WAIT_DTM
BSCGP DTM Packet Notification ACK (4)

Packet Paging Response (5)


UL LLC PDUs

1 3 46

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. The MS is in dedicated mode and in GMM standby state.


2. As the MS is in GMM Standby state, if the SGSN has something to send to the MS, the SGSN shall first page

the MS in the routing area where the MS is located.

3. Upon receipt of the PS paging, the MFS first checks whether the concerned MS is in dedicated mode

(based on information provided by the BSC). If this is the case, the MFS sends to the BSC a BSCGP DTM
Packet Notification message providing the BSC with the cell identity, the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI
and BSC reference) and the contents of the 44.018 Packet Notification message.

4. Then, the BSC forwards the 44.018 Packet Notification message to the MS on the main DCCH and sends a

BSCGP DTM Packet Notification ACK to the MFS for acknowledgement.

5. On receipt of the Packet Notification message, the MS shall answer to the notification with a cell update

procedure, i.e. by sending an LLC frame acting as a Packet Paging Response. Two cases can then occur:

If the UL LLC frame does not convey user data information and is short enough (according to the
value of the MAX_LAPDM parameter), the MS uses the GTTP to send the dummy UL LLC frame to
the SGSN.
Otherwise, the MS requests the establishment of an UL TBF with a 44.018 DTM Request message
and sends the UL LLC PDU on the established UL TBF.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 46

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators
z

DL and UL TBF establishment:

TBF establishment
start

Number of requests
Number of successes
Success rate
Allocation rate
Failure causes

Different cases:
DL/UL: idle & transfer mode
DL/UL: MPDCH or not
DL: DRX & non-DRX
DL: T3192 running
DL/UL: MS EGPRS capable
Congestion
Radio

TBF establishment
end

BSS
Gb

Radio
Abis
Ater
DSP
CPU

Distribution of number of TSs requested / obtained

time
1 3 47

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The number of TBF establishment requests gives an idea of the GPRS traffic. It is therefore a KPI.
Nb of Allocation successes = Nb of Requests - Nb of Congestions
A radio pb can be specific to GPRS (no radio pb for GSM): it can be due to the MS behavior (bad handling of
Polling from the BSS).
Some tests on Ping have shown that RTT (Round Trip Time) is varying from one MS to another. Some MSs are
considered to be slow, others to be fast. Round Trip Time is the time duration of data transmission from
mobile to data server then back from server to mobile. Usually RTT is assessed using a PING command of 32
bytes data transmission. If the data server is connected to the Gi interface RTT will be a measurement of
twice the time duration needed to send data across the GPRS network.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 47

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators, Request/Success


z

DL and UL TBF establishment: requests/successes

Transfer phase Fast DL TBF re-establishment T3192 Non-DRX mode DRX mode
time

GPRS/EGPRS
request/success

Only
EGPRS
GPRS/EGPRS
request/success
Only
EGPRS

DL TBF establishment requests


Transfer mode
While T3192 running
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + MPDCH
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + no MPDCH
Idle mode + DRX mode + MPDCH
Idle mode + DRX mode + no MPDCH
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH

P91b
P91e
P91d
P91f
P91a
P91c
P91g

UL TBF establishment requests


Idle mode + MPDCH
P62a
Idle mode + no MPDCH
P62c
Transfer mode
P62b
P438c
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH
P62d

1 3 48

DL TBF establishment successes


Transfer mode
While T3192 running
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + MPDCH
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + no MPDCH
Idle mode + DRX mode + MPDCH
Idle mode + DRX mode + no MPDCH
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH

P90b
P90e
P90d
P90f
P90a
P90c
P90g

UL TBF establishment successes


Idle mode + MPDCH
P30a
Idle mode + no MPDCH
P30c
Transfer mode
P30b
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH

P30d

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All other counters have been modified in order to take into account the TBFs established in EGPRS mode.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 48

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators, Failure


z

DL and UL TBF establishment: failures

% TBF establishment failures


Downlink
Congestion rate (radio-Abis- (P14 + P105g + P105c + P105e+P105i) / (P91a +P91b+ Congestion (radio-Abis-AterAter-GPU)
P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
GPU) rate
Radio congestion rate
P14 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
Radio congestion rate
% of time during which
(P13 / 10) / GP
% of time during which
PDCH allocation for DL TBF
PDCH allocation for UL TBF
is not possible due to
is not possible due to
congestion
congestion
Abis congestion rate
(P105i) / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) Abis congestion rate
ATer congestion rate
P105g / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
ATer congestion rate
DSP congestion rate
P105c / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
DSP congestion rate
CPU congestion rate
P105e / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
CPU congestion rate
Radio problem rate
P15 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
Radio problem rate
Gb problem rate
P65 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
Gb problem rate
BSS problem rate
(P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f - P14 BSS problem rate
P15 - P90a - P90b - P90c- P90d - P90e - P90f - P105e P105c - P105g - P105i - P203) / (P91a + P91b + P91c +
P91d + P91e + P91f)

1 3 49

Uplink
(P27 + P105h + P105d + P105f+P105j) / (P62a + P62b
+ P62c)
P27 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
(P26 / 10) / GP

(P105j) / (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c)


P105h / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
P105d / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
P105f / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
P28 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
P66 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
((P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c - P27 - P28 - P30a P30b - P30c - P66 - P105h - P105f - P105d - P105j P204) / (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c))

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A CPU load state is managed per GPU. When the CPU load state reaches the maximum (crosses a high
threshold) then no new TBF can be established on this GPU.
Radio congestion is often low. When high, it is often linked to a GPU reset or to a problem at BSS level.
Therefore Indicators based on distribution of nb of TSs allocated/requested give a better idea of the
congestion situation.
On DL TBF establishment failure: a RADIO STATUS message is sent to the SGSN.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 49

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators, KPI


z

DL and UL TBF establishment: success rate


TBF establishment requests and successes
Indicator

downlink

uplink

nb of TBF establishment P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f +


P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507
requests
P505

KPI
nb of TBF establishment P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f +
P30a + P30b + P30c + P508
successes
P506

TBF establishment
success rate

KPI
TBF establishment
allocated rate

(P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f


+ P506) / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d +
P91e + P91f + P505)

(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508) / (P62a + P62b +


P62c - P438c + P507)

((P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f


+ P505) - (P105c + P105e + P14 + P105g +
P105i + P105k + P203 + P511))
/ (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e +
P91f + P505)

((P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507) - (P105d


+ P105f + P27 + P105h + P105j + P105l + P204
+ P512)
/ (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507))

1 3 50

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 50

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators, DL TBF Establishment, Graph


Downlink TBF Establishment
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0

102
100
98
96

Gb fail
Radio fail

94

Congestion

92

Request

90

% Allocated

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

BSS fail

% Success

Thresholds:

Significant traffic is reached for 2000 DL TBF requests/cell/day


(less when a Delayed downlink TBF release is activated)
A UL/DL TBF establishment success rate is seen as good above 95%
(except if CS2 is used at the beginning of a DL TBF)

1 3 51

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Typical values of DL establishment success rate when CS2 is used at the beginning of DL TBF: 94%, 96%.
TBF establishment indicators should be provided on a per DL and UL basis because the procedures are very
different and QoS has to be assessed and interpreted differently.
The UL TBF establishment can be degraded because of ghost Random Access messages.
The amount of bytes transferred at RLC or LLC level should be considered as a significant traffic indicator
(more Web browsing usage than WAP).
The nb of DL TBF establishment requests can should be considered as a GPRS activity indicator.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 51

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

QoS Indicators, DTM


z

DL and UL TBF establishment while MS is in dedicated mode:


Number of requests
Number of successes

TBF establishment
start

Success rate
Allocation rate
Failure causes

Congestion
Radio
BSS

TBF establishment
end

time
1 3 52

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 52

Radio

1 Data Transfer Establishment

QoS Indicators, TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode


z

B10

DL and UL TBF establishment while MS is in dedicated mode:


Indicator name

definition

Ref

NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ

Number of DL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in


DTM

P505

NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of


the TCH (sending of DTM Assignment Command with DL TBF)

MC927a

NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation


of the TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with DL TBF)

MC927d

NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Number of DL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in


DTM

P506

NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ

Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in


DTM.

P507

NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of


the TCH (sending of DTM Assignment Command with UL TBF)

MC927a

NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation


of the TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with UL TBF)

MC927c

NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Number of UL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in


DTM

P508

NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL

Number of DTM contexts created

P501

1 3 53

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P505:This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode
(and in GMM ready state).
Note:
z

This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.

DL LLC PDU sent with BSCGP DTM GPRS information are not taken into account.

P927a: this counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE
P927d: this counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT
message that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P506: This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first Packet Downlink ack (following the
reception of a DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode). This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
P508: This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first UL RLC data block for a MS in dedicated
mode. This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
P927a: This counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P927c: This counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT
message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P509: This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing DL TBF established, when an abnormal
DL TBF release, occurs:
z

When the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode).

When in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs.

When in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 53

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

QoS Indicators, TBF Failure in Dedicated Mode


z

DL and UL TBF establishment failure while MS is in dedicated mode:


Indicator name

definition

Ref

NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Number of DL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS


operating in DTM due to a lack of radio resources

P511

NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Number of DL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of


the TCH - execution failures due to MS access problem

MC927f

NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS


operating in DTM due to a lack of radio resources

P512

NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Number of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of


the TCH - execution failures due to MS access problem

MC927e

1 3 54

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P511: This counter is incremented when MFS has no suitable radio resources to enter in DTM mode.
P927f: This counter is incremented:
Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after
having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of
the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.

After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the
"Description of the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not
receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new
channel) messages.

P512: This counter is incremented when the MFS sends the BSCGP DTM reject message in case of lack of
radio resources available.
P927e: This counter is incremented:
Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after
having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of
the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.

After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the
"Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not
receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new
channel) messages.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 54

1 Data Transfer Establishment

B10

QoS Indicators, EDA Mode


z

UL TBF in EDA mode:


Indicator name

definition

CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CON
NECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE

Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in active state operating in EDA mode

P595

NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF

Number of UL TBF that have used at least one time the EDA mode during
their lifetime

P596

NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF

Number of UL TBF belonging to mobile stations allowed to use the EDA


mode

P597

NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF

Number of reallocations between DA and EDA modes for UL TBF

P598

1 3 55

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 55

Ref

1 Data Transfer Establishment

Dual Transfer Mode (DTM), Exercise

B10

In configuration GPRS_B10-2.s

Open Scenario 2, Scenario 3, Scenario 4

In each case, is this an UL or a DL TBF establishment ?


In each case, is there a TCH change ?

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 56

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 56

2 Data Transfer Progress

1 3 57

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 57

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Progress
Data Transfer established

RLCs blocks transfer

Data transfer resumption


(DL TBF and UL)

TBF resource
re-allocation

Data Transfer released

1 3 58

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A TBF is considered in progress after it has been allocated successfully and before a release of this TBF is
triggered.
When a TBF is in progress, the following processes are or can be performed:
z The transfer of data is on-going:

useful RLC blocks.

LLC dummy commands

The TBF resources are re-allocated.


z The transfer of data is resumed

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 58

2 Data Transfer Progress

Data Transfer Resumption during a DL TBF in Delayed Phase


MS

MFS

SGSN

DL transfer / Active phase

one but last useful RLC data block


last useful RLC data block, polling
(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL

start

DL transfer / Delayed phase

Dummy block, polling

P421

Packet DL Ack/Nack
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
=
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME

Dummy block, polling

P421

Packet DL Ack/Nack
new useful last RLC data block

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

P422

LLC PDU
stop

stop

useful last RLC data block


DL transfer / Active phase

1 3 59

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A data transfer resumption is not a real TBF establishment since the TBF established previously with the MS
being in Delayed phase is re-activated. During the Delayed DL TBF phase, the BSS sends Dummy LLC UI
commands to the MS leading to periodic sending of RLC blocks containing these dummy LLC data.
As the application data transfer is burstly in a GPRS network (download of a web page made of a lot of
components (text, pictures)), it is very important to provide the way to resume a DL transfer of LLC PDUs
using the same radio resources already established rather than to re-establish again the DL TBF with the MS.

Timers
z T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL is the duration between the last useful RLC block sent to the MS
(eventually completed with a Dummy UI command) and the first Dummy UI command block sent during the
DL TBF delayed phase.

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level. The


Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL is the duration between the 2 consecutive Dummy UI command blocks
sent during the DL TBF delayed phase.
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ POL = 200 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

z t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel is the maximum time during which the DL TBF stays in Delayed phase before being
actually released. It corresponds to the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS.

t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel = T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME = 1600 ms (default value). It can be set at


the OMC-R level.

T_MIN_POLL: Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests .

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 59

2 Data Transfer Progress

Data Transfer Resumption during a UL TBF in Extended Phase


z

The UL transfer can resume at any time during the extended phase
MS

Active UL
data transfer

MFS

SGSN

RLC/MAC block (BSN=n, CV=0)


LLC PDU (last LLC)
P. UL Ack/Nack (FAI=0, SSN = n+1) start
USF

Extended UL
data transfer

Dummy RLC data block


USF

P462
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL

Dummy RLC data block

P462

USF
RLC/MAC block (BSN=n+1)
Active UL
data transfer

stop

USF
RLC/MAC block (BSN=n+2)

..
.

LLC PDU

1 3 60

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 60

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Resources Re-allocation


z

4 different TBF reallocations are permanently activated:


T1: reallocation to maintain a TBF alive despite the CS preemption of some
RTSs or of some GCHs in the cell
T2: reallocation of an on-going TBF when establishing a concurrent TBF
T3: reallocation useful to
y Establish a new M-EGCH link for one of the TRXs of the cell
y Perform a radio de-fragmentation process
y Provide a higher throughput, if it is possible, to a TBF

T4: reallocation to move a UL GPRS TBF sharing one PDCH with a DL EGPRS
TBF onto PDCHs which do not support a DL EGPRS TBF. It concerns only GPRS
TBFs

1 3 61

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The scope of the T3 reallocation has been extended:


z

To establish a new M-EGCH link for one of the TRXs of the cell.

z To perform a radio defragmentation process (i.e. to improve the TBFs radio resource usage in the
cell. The goal is that the PDCHs supporting the TBFs in the cell are always the first (or left-most)
allocated PDCHs of the cell). In particular, this will limit the risks that the TBFs are impacted by a CS
preemption.
z

To provide a higher throughput, if it is possible, to any TBF in the cell.

A higher throughput can be provided to a TBF by just changing its PDCH allocation (even if its
number of RTSs keeps the same). Typically, the throughput will be higher if the TBF is less
multiplexed (with other TBFs) on the new PDCHs.
But the T3 reallocation will also enable to increase the number of RTSs of a TBF in the following
cases:

for the MSs whose traffic type was signalling and has passed to data in RRM-PCC,
or following the reception of an RR Allocation Indication message from the BSC allocating some
new RTSs in the cell

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 61

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Re-allocation of the 2 UL and DL TBFs on-going


MS

MFS

UL and DL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHUL

T1

T3

T4

DL:P403a
UL:P404a

DL:P403c
UL:P404c

DL:P403d
UL:P404d

DL:P405a
UL:P406a

DL:P405c
UL:P406c

DL:P405d
UL:P406d

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling


PACCHDL of DL TBF

Packet control ack


PACCHUL of DL TBF

the MS switches to the new resources


(max. 40 ms)

MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
+
RRBP delay

UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)

RLC data block


RLC data block

1 3 62

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

During the re-allocation procedure, the set of PDCHs allocated to the UL or/and DL TBF are modified. The following
resources can be modified as well:
z the timing advance slot and index of the UL or/and DL TBFs,
z the PACCH slot of the UL or/and DL TBFs,
z the USFs allocated to the UL TBF,
z the UL or/and DL TFI.
During the radio resource re-allocation procedure:
z the TBF mode can not be modified.
z the EGPRS window size cannot be decreased. However the EGPRS window size in the DL (resp. UL) must be increased in
case the number of time slots allocated to the MS in the DL (resp. UL) increases.
Timers
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH: the time a Mobile Station needs to switch to the assigned PDCHs after
acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET
TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
z MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH = 40 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
zThe 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 ms but some MSs can take more time.
Let us consider that an MS has 2 TBFs on-going in both UL and DL directions but is candidate for re-allocation in the UL
direction only (T1 or T3 or T4):
z then the counter of re-allocation request in the DL direction is also incremented .
z At the end of the UL re-allocation procedure, the counter of DL re-allocation success is incremented whether the UL
re-allocation has been successful or not because the counter of re-allocation request in the DL direction has been
previously incremented.
Same consideration can be done when an MS has 2 TBFs on-going in both UL and DL directions but is candidate for reallocation in the DL direction only (T1 or T3 or T4).
The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS acknowledgement
(Packet Control Ack message).
z If Packet Control Ack is not received, the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.
z If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then both DL and UL
are released.
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 62

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Re-allocation of the Only TBF On-Going (DL or UL)


MS

MFS

DL/UL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHUL

T1

T3

T4

DL:P403a
UL:P404a

DL:P403c
UL:P404c

DL:P403d
UL:P404d

DL:P405a
UL:P406a

DL:P405c
UL:P406c

DL:P405d
UL:P406d

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

Packet downlink/uplink Assignment, polling


PACCHDL of DL TBF / PACCHDL of UL TBF

Packet control ack


PACCHUL of DL TBF / PACCHUL of UL TBF

the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms) MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH


+
RRBP delay
DL/UL Data transfer (new resources)

RLC data block


RLC data block

1 3 63

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Downlink/Uplink Assignment message to wait for
MS acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message):
z

If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Downlink/Uplink Assignment message.

If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
the on-going DL/UL is released.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 63

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Re-alloc of On-Going UL TBF on DL TBF Establishment


MS

MFS

UL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHUL

LLC PDU
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling

P404b

PACCHDL of UL TBF

T2

Packet control ack

P406b

PACCHUL of UL TBF

the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms)


MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
+
RRBP delay

UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHUL

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

1 3 64

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS
acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message):
z

If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.

If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
both DL and UL are released.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 64

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Re-alloc of On-Going DL TBF on UL TBF Establishment


MS

MFS

DL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request


PACCHUL of DL TBF

Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling

P403b

PACCHDL of DL TBF

T2

Packet control ack

P405b

PACCHUL of DL TBF

the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms)


MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
+
RRBP delay

UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)

RLC data block


PDTCHUL

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

1 3 65

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS
acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message).
z

If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.

If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
both DL and UL are released.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 65

2 Data Transfer Progress

Exercise
z

Exercise: Using the trace 3, find the time when the DL transfer is
resumed

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 66

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 66

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Resource Re-allocation, Failures

TBF resource re-allocation FAILURE

no new PDCH
allocation can
be found

Radio pb

BSS pb

Suspend

1 3 67

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 67

External TBF
release
request

Cell
reselection

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Resources Re-allocation, Failures, no New PDCH


z

T1 case
counter =

DL:P423a

UL:P424a

if no new PDCH allocation can be found then the TBF marked for soft
preemption will be released at T_PDCH_PREEMPTION expiry
z

T2/T3/T4 cases
counter =

DL:P423b/P423c/P423d

UL:P424b/P424c/P424d

if no new PDCH allocation can be found then the on-going TBF continue
with its current PDCH allocation

1 3 68

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

T3 re-allocation conditions

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 68

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Resources Re-allocation, Failures, Radio


MS

MFS

UL and/or DL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCCHUL

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling or,


Packet downlink assignment or,
Packet uplink assignment
Packet control ack

T1

T2

T3

T4

DL:P407a
UL:P408a

DL:P407b
UL:P408b

DL:P407c
UL:P408c

DL:P407d
UL:P408d

PACCHUL of DL TBF

T_ACK_WAIT
expiry

1 3 69

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All these counters are incremented when the last MAX_DL_RETRANS+1 re-allocation attempt has failed
(Packet Control Ack message not received from the MS).
Re-allocation failures due to radio can be due to a problem on the DL path.
In case of trigger T2, the re-allocation failure of the TBF also leads to an establishment failure due to radio
of the TBF to be established in the opposite direction.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 69

2 Data Transfer Progress

TBF Resources Re-alloc, Fail, External Req., BSS


External request

z
MS

SGSN

MFS

BSC

UL and/or DL Data transfer (old resources)

RLC data block


PDTCCHUL

RLC data block


PDTCHDL

Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling or,


Packet downlink assignment or,
Packet uplink assignment

T1

T2

T3

T4

DL:P425a
UL:P426a

DL:P425b
UL:P426b

DL:P425c
UL:P426c

DL:P425d
UL:P426d

T_ACK_WAIT

MS suspend
GSL

OR

"External Stop"
Flush-LL

Problem at BSS level


no specific counter

1 3 70

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Re-allocation failures due to radio can be due to a problem on the DL path.


In case of trigger T2, the re-allocation failure of the TBF also leads to an establishment failure due to radio
of the TBF to be established in the opposite direction.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 70

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators
z

DL and UL TBF progress


TBF establishment
modified B10

TBF statistics:
-duration, number, throughput,
- distribution
Delayed DL TBF: active/delayed phase,
transfer resumption
TBF resources re-allocation
Triggers T1. T2. T3.T4
Number of candidate TBFs
Number of successes and success rate

TBF release

Failures: congestion, radio, BSS,


external request

time
1 3 71

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 71

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Statistics


z

DL and UL TBF progress: TBF statistics


TBF statistics
Downlink
Uplink
Average GPRS TBF duration (P52a / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
Average GPRS TBF duration (P129a / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
in ack mode
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
in ack mode
P30c)
Average GPRS TBF duration (P52b / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
Average GPRS TBF duration (P129b / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
in nack mode
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
in nack mode
P30c)
Average EGPRS TBF
(P52c / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
Average EGPRS TBF
(P129c / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
duration in ack mode
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
duration in ack mode
P30c)
Average EGPRS TBF
(P52d / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
Average EGPRS TBF
(P129d / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
duration in nack mode
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
duration in nack mode
P30c)
Maximum number of TBF
p35
Maximum number of TBF
p39
simultaneously established
simultaneously established
Average number of TBF
p36 / 10
Average number of TBF
p40 / 10
simultaneously established
simultaneously established
Average useful throughput CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240 Average useful throughput in CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 +
in kbit/s at RLC level per
+ P55c*288 + P55d*400 + kbit/s at RLC level per TBF P57c*288 + P57d*400 +
TBF

KPI

P55e*176 +
P55g*296 +
P55i*448 +
(P55k*896 +
P55m*1184)/2)
p52c)*1000)

1 3 72

P55f*224
P55h*352
P55j*592
P55l*1088
/ ((P52a

+
+
+
+
+

KPI

P57e*176 + P57f*224
P57g*296 + P57h*352 +
P57i*448 + P57j*592
(P57k*896 + P57l*1088
P57m*1184)/2)) / ((P129a
P129c)*1000)

+
(
+
+
+

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The max nb of TBFs simultaneously established is meaningful per hour or per day.
The average nb of TBFs simultaneously established is less reliable due to the difference between the gauge
polling period and the average TBF duration.
Note : The RLC blocks retransmissions are not counted in both directions.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 72

2 Data Transfer Progress

B10

QoS Indicators, TBF Statistics [cont.]


z

DL and UL TBF progress: TBF statistics


Indicator name

definition

Ref

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL

Cumulated time during which an UL


TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the
TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in
GPRS or EGPRS mode).

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL

Cumulated time during which an DL TBF


uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the
TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in
GPRS or EGPRS mode).

CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME

Cumulated overall time of UL TBF


connections (in active state or
extended phase).

P461

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL

Cumulated time during which a DL TBF


established for GMM signalling purposes
uses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode),
for all TBFs of the cell.

P452

CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE

Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in


active state operating in EDA mode

P595

P451a

P451b

new B10

1 3 73

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P452:
For a given DL TBF, this counter is started at the establishment of the DL TBFs established to carry GMM
signaling traffic to the MS. It is stopped at the end of the active phase of the DL TBF or on receipt of a DL
LLC PDU without the T-bit set.
P451:
Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account (only).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 73

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Distributions


z

Distribution based on TBF duration


DL

UL

Definition

P453b_10

P453a_10

Tenth interval of the distribution on duration of DL/UL TBFs.


For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10
Duration band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10

P453b_9

P453a_9

Ninth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_8

P453a_8

Eighth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_7

P453a_7

Seventh cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_6

P453a_6

Sixth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_5

P453a_5

Fifth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_4

P453a_4

Fourth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_3

P453a_3

Third cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_2

P453a_2

Second cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

P453b_1

P453a_1

First cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.

1 3 74

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Note:
DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC unacknowledged mode are taken into
account. Only the active phase of the TBF is taken into account.
Default OMC-R parameter values in seconds:
z

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 = 1639

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 = 3277.5

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 = 4916

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 = 6554.5

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 = 8193

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 = 9831.5

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 = 11470

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 = 13108.5

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 = 14747

PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384 (cannot be modified at the OMC-R)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 74

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]


z

Distribution based on LLC volume


DL

UL

Definition

P454b_10

P454a_10

Tenth interval of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBFs.


For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC
volume band 10.
LLC volume band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

P454b_9

P454a_9

Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_8

P454a_8

Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_7

P454a_7

Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_6

P454a_6

Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_5

P454a_5

Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_4

P454a_4

Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_3

P454a_3

Third cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_2

P454a_2

Second cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.

P454b_1

P454a_1

First cell of the distribution on volume of DL/ULTBF.

1 3 75

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Only the active phase of the TBF is taken into account.


Default OMC-R parameter values in bytes:
z

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 = 10 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_2 = 20 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_3 = 30 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_4 = 40 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_5 = 50 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_6 = 60 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_7 = 70 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_8 = 80 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_9 = 90 000 000

PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_10 = 100 000 000 (cannot be modified at the OMC-R)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 75

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]


z

Distribution based on GPRS LLC Throughput per session


DL

UL

Definition

P532b_10

P531a_10

Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput.


It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 10.
GPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput < GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10

P532b_9

P532a_9

Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_8

P532a_8

Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_7

P532a_7

Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_6

P532a_6

Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_5

P532a_5

Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_4

P532a_4

Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_3

P532a_3

Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_2

P532a_2

Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P532b_1

P532a_1

First class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

1 3 76

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Parameter values in kbits/s (cannot be modified at the OMC-R):


z

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1= 10

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_2 = 20

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_3 = 30

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_4 = 40

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_5 = 50

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_6 = 60

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_7 = 70

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_8 = 80

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_9 = 90

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_10 = 500

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 76

B10

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]


z

B10

Distribution based on EGPRS LLC Throughput per session


DL

UL

Definition

P531b_11

P531a_11

Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput.


It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 11.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 11 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10<= LLC throughput < EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11

P531b_10

P531a_10

tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_9

P531a_9

Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_8

P531a_8

Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_7

P531a_7

Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_6

P531a_6

Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_5

P531a_5

Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_4

P531a_4

Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_3

P531a_3

Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_2

P531a_2

Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

P531b_1

P531a_1

First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput

1 3 77

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Parameter values in kbits/s (cannot be modified at the OMC-R):


z

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1= 20

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_2 = 40

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_3 = 60

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_4 = 80

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_5 = 100

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_6 = 120

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_7 = 140

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_8 = 160

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_9 = 180

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_10 = 200

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_11 = 500

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 77

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]


z

Distribution based on PDCH usage


DL

UL

Definition

P455b_10

P455a_10

Tenth interval of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.


For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 10.
PDCH units band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10

P455b_9

P455a_9

Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_8

P455a_8

Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_7

P455a_7

Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_6

P455a_6

Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P454b_5

P455a_5

Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_4

P455a_4

Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_3

P455a_3

Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_2

P455a_2

Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

P455b_1

P455a_1

First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.

1 3 78

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

UL
This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of
acknowledgement of final
PUAN).
DL
This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 78

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Delayed DL TBF


z

DL and UL TBF progress: Delayed DL TBF


Delayed DL TBF
Cumulated time of active DL GPRS TBF
P52a + P52b
connections
Cumulated time of active DL EGPRS TBF
P52c + P52d
connections
Percentage of time during which the DL TBF (P52a+P52b+P52c+P52d) / P16 * 100
connections are in the active state
Percentage of time during which the DL GPRS (P52a + P52b) / P16 *100
TBF connections are in the active state
Percentage of time during which the DL
EGPRS TBF connections are in the active
state
Number of DL TBF transfer resumptions in
delayed release state
Rate of DL TBF transfer resumptions per
established DL TBF
Number of DL RLC blocks containing only
dummy LLC UI Command PDU on PDTCH
Number of DL RLC blocks sent on PDTCH
Rate of RLC blocks containing only dummy
LLC UI commands on DL PDTCH

1 3 79

(P52c + P52d) / P16 * 100

P422
P422 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
P421
P350a
P421 / P350a

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 79

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Other Throughput Statistics


INDICATOR

AVERAGE USEFUL THROUGHPUT PER PDCH

DEFINITION

Average of useful throughput on DL or UL PDTCH at RLC level per PDCH in RLC acknowledged mode.

FORMULA DOWNLINK

CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240 + P55c*288 + P55d*400 + P55e*176 + P55f*224 + P55g*296 + P55h*352 +


P55i*448 + P55j*592 + (P55k*896 + P55l*1088 + P55m*1184)/2) / (P38e*1000)

FORMULA UPLINK

CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 + P57c*288 + P57d*400 + P57e*176 + P57f*224 + P57g*296 + P57h*352 +


P57i*448 + P57j*592 + (P57k*896 + P57l*1088 + P57m*1184)/2) / (P38f*1000)

THRESHOLD
COMMENT

New formula in B9 to take into account the new coding schemes in UL.The RLC blocks retransmissions are not
counted in both directions. Reference Time: Cumulated time during which the PDCHs are established.

REF NAME

TRPDDPDA, TRPDUPDA

INDICATOR

AVERAGE USEFUL THROUGHPUT PER CELL

DEFINITION

Average of useful throughput on DL or UL PDTCH at RLC layer

FORMULA DOWNLINK

CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240 + P55c*288 + P55d*400 + P55e*176 + P55f*224 + P55g*296 + P55h*352 +


P55i*448 + P55j*592 + (P55k*896 + P55l*1088 + P55m*1184)/2) / (PERIOD*1000)

FORMULA UPLINK

CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 + P57c*288 + P57d*400 + P57e*176 + P57f*224 + P57g*296 + P57h*352 +


P57i*448 + P57j*592 + (P57k*896 + P57l*1088 + P57m*1184)/2)) / (PERIOD*1000)

UNIT

Kbits/second

THRESHOLD
COMMENT

New formulas in B9 to take into account the new coding schemes in UL.
DL: The DL retransmitted blocks and blocks containing LLC dummy UI commands are not counted.
UL: The UL retransmissions are not counted. RLC ack mode only is considered.

REF NAME

TRPDDA, TRPDUA

1 3 80

UNIT

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 80

Kbits/second

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, DL TBF states, Graph

DL TBF state
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

Delay>Active
Success
% Efficiency
% Active

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

50000
45000
40000
35000
30000
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0

On RNO graphs:
% Efficiency = Rate of DL TBF resumptions per DL TBF establishment
% Active = Percentage of time during which the DL TBF connections are in
the active state

1 3 81

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The typical values of the Efficiency rate and Active rate:


z

Efficiency rate = 40%, 60%

Active rate = 15%, 20%

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 81

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation


z

TBF resource re-allocation for each trigger


Nb of TBF candidate resource re-allocations

Ratio of triggers

Resource re-allocation Request


Preparation efficiency rate
Failures cause
No PDCH can be found

Resource re-allocation Attempt


Execution efficiency rate
Failures causes
Radio problems (real drop)
External Stop
BSS problem (real drop)

Resource re-allocation Success


time
1 3 82

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

External requests: FLUSH_LL received from the SGSN, Suspended from the MS.
Split between Preparation and Execution phases is driven by the fact that the problems to be interpreted
during re-allocation are relating to the Trigger type.
A TBF Re-allocation is analogue to an Intra cell HO in GPRS.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 82

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T1


z

DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T1


TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T1
Downlink
Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403a
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403a / (P403a + P403b +
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403c + P403d)
Nb of resource realloc successes
P405a
Nb of resource realloc successes
Resource realloc success rate
P405a / P403a
Resource realloc success rate
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
P407a
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
radio problems
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio P407a / P403a
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
problems
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures P423a
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
because no PDCH could be found
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due P423a / P403a
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
to lack of radio resources
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
(P403a - P423a) / P403a
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
Nb of resource realloc failures due external P425a
request (suspension request or Flush
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
procedure
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS P403a - P423a - P425a Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P407a - P405a
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
(P403a - P423a - P425a Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
P407a - P405a) / P403a
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate
P405a / (P403a - P423a)
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate

1 3 83

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 83

P404a
P404a / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
P406a
P406a / P404a
P408a
P408a / P404a
P424a
P424a / P404a
(P404a - P424a) / P404a
P426a

P404a - P424a - P426a P408a - P406a


(P404a - P424a - P426a P408a - P406a) / P404a
P406a / (P404a - P424a)

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T2


z

DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T2

TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T2


Downlink
Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
P403b
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403b/ (P403a + P403b +
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403c + P403d)
Nb of resource realloc successes
P405b
Nb of resource realloc successes
Resource realloc success rate
P405b / P403b
Resource realloc success rate
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
P407b
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
radio problems
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio P407b / P403b
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
problems
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures P423b
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
because no PDCH could be found
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
P423b / P403b
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
to lack of radio resources
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
(P403b - P423b) / P403b
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
Nb of resource realloc failures due external P425b
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
procedure
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS P403b - P423b - P425b Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P407b - P405b
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
(P403b - P423b - P425b Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
P407b - P405b) / P403b
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate
P405b / (P403b - P423b)
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate

1 3 84

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 84

P404b
P404b / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
P406b
P406b / P404b
P408b
P408b / P404b
P424b
P424b / P404b
(P404b - P424b) / P404b
P426b

P404b - P424b - P426b P408b - P406b


(P404b - P424b - P426b P408b - P406b) / P404b
P406b / (P404b - P424b)

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T3


z

DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T3

TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T3


Downlink
Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
P403c
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403c / (P403a + P403b +
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1
P403c + P403d)
Nb of resource realloc successes
P405c
Nb of resource realloc successes
Resource realloc success rate
P405c / P403c
Resource realloc success rate
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
P407c
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
radio problems
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio P407c / P403c
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
problems
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures P423c
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
because no PDCH could be found
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
P423c / P403c
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
to lack of radio resources
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
(P403c - P423c) / P403c
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
Nb of resource realloc failures due external P425c
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
procedure
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS P403c - P423c - P425c Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P407c - P405c
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
(P403c - P423c - P425c Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
P407c - P405c) / P403c
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate
P405c / (P403c - P423c)
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate

1 3 85

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 85

P404c
P404c / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
P406c
P406c / P404c
P408c
P408c / P404c
P424c
P424c / P404c
(P404c - P424c) / P404c
P426c

P404c - P424c - P426c P408c - P406c


(P404c - P424c - P426c P408c - P406c) / P404c
P406c / (P404c - P424c)

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T4


z

DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T4

TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T4


Downlink
Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403d
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T4
P403d / (P403a + P403b +
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T4
P403c + P403d)
Nb of resource realloc successes
P405d
Nb of resource realloc successes
Resource realloc success rate
P405d / P403d
Resource realloc success rate
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
P407d
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
radio problems
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio P407d / P403d
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
problems
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures P423d
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
because no PDCH could be found
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due P423d / P403d
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
to lack of radio resources
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
(P403d - P423d) / P403d
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate
Nb of resource realloc failures due external P425d
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
procedure
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS P403d - P423d - P425d Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P407d - P405d
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
(P403d - P423d - P425d Exec fail rate due to BSS pb
P407d - P405d) / P403d
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate
P405d / (P403d - P423d)
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate

1 3 86

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 86

P404d
P404d / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
P406d
P406d / P404d
P408d
P408d / P404d
P424d
P424d / P404d
(P404d - P424d) / P404d
P426d

P404d - P424d - P426d P408d - P406d


(P404d - P424d - P426d P408d - P406d) / P404d
P406d / (P404d - P424d)

2 Data Transfer Progress

B10

QoS Indicators
z

DL and UL TBF progress for DTM capable MS


TBF establishment

Cumulated time of DTM operation


for DTM capable MS

ice !
ervtion
s
M a
DT netr
pe

Cumulated time of dedicated mode


operation for DTM capable MS
Cumulated time of PTM operation for
DTM capable MS

TBF release
time
1 3 87

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 87

2 Data Transfer Progress

QoS Indicators, Cumulated Time of Operation for DTM MS B10


z

DL and UL TBF progress for DTM capable MS


Indicator name

definition

Ref

CUMULATED_DTM_TIME

Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in


DTM mode

P502

CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME

Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in


dedicated mode

P503

CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME

Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in


packet transfer mode

P504

1 3 88

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P502:
z Starting: when in dedicated mode on the establishment of the first UL or DL TBF. (the first UL RLC data Blocks are
received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the first Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from the MS (case of
DL TBF)).
z

Stopping: when in DTM mode the CS session or PS session are , normally or abnormally, released.

Note:
z

The common duration during which a UL and a DL are established is counted as one duration (UL and DL
common time durations are not cumulated).
The time duration of all periods (active and delayed/extended) is taken into account.

P503:
z Starting: when the indication of start of a CS session is received (first BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with
CS=1 received) or when, in DTM mode, PS session is, normally or abnormally, released.

Stopping: when in dedicated mode, the first UL RLC data Blocks are received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the
first Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from the MS (case of DL TBF) or when in dedicated mode, an
indication of stop of CS session is received (BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with CS=0 received) or when in
dedicated mode, an indication of stop of CS session is received.

P504:Cumulated time duration of all UL / DL TBFs established over the Granularity period.
z

Note: DTM capability of the MS is given in RA capabilities, which are known only:

in case a DL LLC PDU has been received for this MS


in case only an UL TBF exists, once the procedure for RA capability update is finished (provided
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE=1)

Note 1: This counter applies only to DTM capable MS not in dedicated mode.

Note 2: This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs and to both ACK or UNACK mode.

Note 3 : The time duration of all periods (active and delayed/extended) is taken into account.

Note 4 : UL and DL TBF duration are not cumulated.

The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 88

3 Data Transfer Release

1 3 89

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 89

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

TBF Release
TBF
TBFRelease
Release

Normal Release

Acceptable Release

Abnormal Release

Cell
Cellreselection
reselection

Radio
Radio

Suspend
Suspend

Re-allocation
Re-allocation
execution
executionfailure
failure

PDCH
PDCHFast
Fast
Pre-emption
Pre-emption

Gb
Gb

Due
Dueto
toCS
CSoperation
operation
ininDTM
DTM
new B10

BSS
BSS
Others
Others

1 3 90

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 90

3 Data Transfer Release

Normal TBF Release

Normal TBF release

UL TBF release

Without Delayed
Final PUAN

With Delayed
Final PUAN

DL TBF release

With extended
UL TBF

With Delayed
DL TBF release

Without
DL TBF Extension

1 3 91

With
DL TBF Extension

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

DL TBF is said to have been extended in case of an UL TBF establishment during the DL TBF delayed release;
the DL delayed phase is extended up to the release of the UL TBF and restarted afterwards

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 91

3 Data Transfer Release

UL TBF, Normal Release, without Delayed Final PUAN

MS

SGSN

MFS
Active UL Data transfer

one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)


last useful RLC data block (CV=0)

PDTCHUL

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1)


(FAI=1), polling
PACCHDL
all blocks acknowledged
Packet control ack

last LLC PDU

P22

In case no DL TBF is established, it is better to delay the UL TBF release


to be able to establish quickly a subsequent DL TBF on the PACCHDL of
the delayed UL TBF rather than on CCCH or PCCCH

1 3 92

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 92

3 Data Transfer Release

UL TBF, Normal Release, with Delayed Final PUAN


MS

SGSN

MFS
Active UL Data transfer

one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)


last useful RLC data block (CV=0)

PACCHDL

PDTCHUL

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=0)


last block not acknowledged

last LLC PDU

T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
expiry

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), polling


PACCHDL
last block acknowledged
Packet control ack

1 3 93

P22

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Timer T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN corresponds to the duration during which the UL is maintained alive in
order to be able to establish a DL TBF on PACCH:
z T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN = 0.4 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level.
z It should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS,
while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardize the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS.
z Setting T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN = 0 s leads to disable this feature.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 93

3 Data Transfer Release

UL TBF, Normal Release, with Extended UL TBF

Active UL Data transfer

one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)


last useful RLC data block (CV=0)

PACCHDL

PDTCHUL

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=0)


last block not acknowledged

last LLC PDU

USF

Dummy RLC data block


USF
Dummy RLC data block

T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
expiry

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), polling


PACCHDL
last block acknowledged
Packet control ack

1 3 94

P22

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 94

3 Data Transfer Release

DL TBF, Normal Release, Delayed DL TBF no Extension


MS
Active DL
data transfer

MFS
one but last useful RLC data block (FBI=0)
PDTCHDL

last useful RLC data block (FBI=0), polling

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL

last block not mentioned

Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)


PACCHUL

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL

not last acknowledgement

Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)


Delayed DL
data transfer

Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)


Dummy UI command (FBI=1), polling

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
expiry

last block mentioned

Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=1)


DL TBF released

last acknowledgement

1 3 95

P9

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

As soon as all the useful blocks have been transferred, the Delayed DL TBF release procedure is triggered in
order to allow:
z to send a coming LLC PDU frame using the same radio resources without being obliged to establish the DL
TBF again (T3192 running or not).
z the MS to establish a UL TBF on PACCH rather than on CCCH or PCCCH.
The DL TBF goes from Active state to Delayed state.
As the MS will trigger a local DL TBF release if it does not receive DL RLC data blocks (T3190 is running) the
MFS is scheduling Dummy UI command blocks in DL according to the following timers:
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL is the duration between the last useful RLC block sent to the MS
(eventually completed with a Dummy UI command) and the first Dummy UI command block sent during the
DL TBF delayed phase.

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.

2 timers are used to define the period between 2 DL Dummy UIs sent to the MS:

T_MIN_POLL (=60ms), in case of the MS is alone on the PDCH which carries the PACCH
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL (=200ms) in case of the MS is multiplexed on the PDCH which carries
the PACCH

A global timer t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel monitors the whole Delayed DL TBF release procedure. At
t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel expiry, the DL TBF stays in Delayed phase before being actually released. This timer
corresponds to the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS.

t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel = T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME = 1600 ms (default value). It can be set at


the OMC-R level.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 95

3 Data Transfer Release

DL TBF, Normal Release, Delayed DL TBF with Extension


MS
Delayed DL
TBF release
is on-going

UL TBF
establishme
nt

MFS
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
with Channel request
Packet UL assignment
USF Scheduling
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
T_ACK_WAIT

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
is stopped
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL

UL RLC data block


Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
Delayed DL
TBF release
is extended

UL RLC data block


Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL

Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), polling


UL TBF
is
released

Packet control ack


Delayed DL TBF release is resumed from beginning

1 3 96

T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
is restarted

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If a UL TBF is established during a Delayed DL TBF release phase then:


z

the countdown of this Delayed DL TBF release phase is stopped (timer t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel).

the Dummy UI command blocks are sent in the DL in order that the MS does not release the DL TBF.

The Delayed DL TBF release phase is said to be extended.


Two cases of UL TBF should be considered:
question-answer traffic: corresponds to WAP services or WEB browsing where the UL command induced
by the user are small and usually lead to a transfer of only one LLC PDU:
The UL polling period induced by Dummy UI command scheduling is kept to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_
POL.
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R
level.
z Other cases: correspond to applications like UL FTP file transfer where a lot of LLC PDUs have to be
transferred during the same TBF:
The UL polling period induced by Dummy UI command sending is increased to
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ UL in order to decrease the UL load due to the Delayed DL TBF release
phase in favor of the UL FTP throughput .
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL = 2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
z

As soon as the UL TBF is released, the Delayed DL TBF:


z the countdown of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure is resumed from the beginning
(t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel restarted).
z the scheduling period of Dummy UI command blocks for the Delayed DL TBF is set back to
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ POL.
At the end of a Delayed DL TBF procedure, the DL TBF is released and the counter P9 is incremented
whether the Delayed DL TBF phase has been extended or not.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 96

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Normal Release, Exercise


z

Exercise1: Using the trace 1, find the duration between two


consecutive Dummy UI command blocks during the Delayed DL TBF
release procedure

Exercise 2: Using trace number 9, find duration of the extended phase

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 97

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 97

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

TBF Acceptable Release


Acceptable Release
new B10

Cell
Cellreselection
reselection

Suspend
Suspend

PDCH
PDCHFast
Fast
Pre-emption
Pre-emption

MS
MSisisreselecting
reselecting
aaneighbor
neighborcell
cell
while
whileininPTM
PTM

MS
MSisis
establishing
establishingaaCS
CS
connection
connection
while
whileininPTM
PTM

PDCH
PDCHcarrying
carrying
PACCH
PACCHof
ofthe
the
TBF
TBFisisto
tobe
be
released
released

CS
CSoperation
operation
ininDTM
DTM

CS
CSconnection
connection
while
whileMS
MSininPTM
PTM

Intercell
Intercellor
or
intracell
intracellHO
HO

Normal
NormalTCH
TCH
release
releaseduring
during
DTM
DTM
1 3 98

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 98

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC0 Scenario 1


MFS
serving cell

MS
DL transfer
PDTCHDL

MFS
target cell

SGSN

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

The MS decides
for cell
reselection

N3105 ++
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transfer
The MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

P434c

P434d

UL

DL

P396b

P396a

1 3 99

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Counter P434d (resp.P434c) gives the number of DL (resp. UL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. It is therefore incremented in this scenario.
In this scenario where the FLUSH-LL message is received before the Radio Link Supervision counter N3105
reaches the limit, N3105 is stopped when the FLUSH_LL message is received.Therefore the TBF release is
not counted as an abnormal release due to radio. P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is not incremented. Only P396a
(resp. P396b) counting the number of TBF release due to the reception of a FLUSH_LL message is
incremented.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 99

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC0 Scenario 2


MFS
serving cell

MS
DL transfer

MFS
target cell

SGSN

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

PDTCHDL

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

The MS decides
for cell
reselection

N3105 ++

UL transfer establishment in the new cell

T_WAIT_FLUSH

UL

N3105 limit P302c_x

P434c

DL

P434d

P302b_x

RADIO STATUS

UL transfer
The MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

UL

DL

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

1 3 100

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Counter P434d (resp.P434c) gives the number of DL (resp. UL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. It is therefore incremented in this scenario.
In this scenario where the FLUSH-LL message is received after the Radio Link Supervision counter N3105
reaches the limit, the radio resources are released when N3105 reaches the limit. Therefore the TBF
release is counted as an abnormal release due to radio. P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is incremented whereas
P396a (resp. P396b) is not. The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is started when the abnormal TBF release is triggered.
When the FLUSH_LL message is received while T_WAIT_FLUSH is running then T_WAIT_FLUSH is stopped and
P434d (resp. P434c) is incremented.
In case the FLUSH_LL message is received after T_WAIT_FLUSH has expired then P434d (resp. P434c) is not
incremented but P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 100

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC2


MFS
serving cell

MS
DL transfer

T3158

PDTCHDL

MFS
target cell

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

expiry
T3158
The MS
switches to
the new cell

SGSN

Better cell

Packet measurement report


PACCHUL

Packet cell change order, polling


new cell (BCCH,BSIC)

Packet control ack

UL transfer establishment in the new cell

PACCHDL

T_ACK_WAIT

T_WAIT_FLUSH

MFS trigger
cell reselection
Radio resources
are released
locally

UL transfer
MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

P396a

P396b

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

1 3 101

DL

UL

P434b

P434a

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The chart above corresponds to the typical scenario of an NC2 reselection.


The same P396a (resp. P396b) counter is incremented in case of a TBF release due to an NC0 reselection
provided that the FLUSH-LL message is received before a TBF drop is detected. This should almost always
happen in case of NC2 cell reselection since the Radio Link Supervision process is frozen after the BSS gets
the Acknowledgment of the Packet Cell Change Order message sent to the MS.
In case a TBF Abnormal Release is detected by the Radio Link Supervision process then P302b_x (resp.
P302c_x) as well as P434b (resp. P434a) is incremented but P396a (resp. P396b) is not.
T3158 = NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T NC2 in PTM or NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I in case of NC2 in PIM
= measurement report interval timer

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 101

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, Counters


Cell reselection NC0+NC2
P397
MS in PIM

MS in PTM

No TBF release

TBF release

TBF release due to flush


NC0+NC2
P396b / P396a

TBF release due to radio


P302c_x / P302b_x

Flush before T_Wait_Flush expiry


TBF release due to cell reselection

NC2
P434a / P434b

NC0
P434c / P434d

1 3 102

after expiry
No counter
incremented

counter
UL TBF / DL TBF

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The chart above concerns the PM counters incremented during a cell reselection procedure.
P397 is incremented each time a FLUSH_LL is received by the MFS relating to a certain serving cell.
P396a, P396b, P434a, P434b, P434c and P434d are incremented only for TBF release during a cell
reselection procedure.
P302b_x and P302c_x are global counters relating to TBF abnormal release due to radio. They are
incremented when the TBF abnormal release is triggered due to a cell reselection or not.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 102

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, MS Suspend, Scenario 1


MS

BSC

DL transfer
PDTCHDL

MFS

SGSN

MSC/VLR

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block

The MS enters the CS dedicated mode


Suspend

MS Suspend

Suspend PDU

P98c

P98d

DL

UL

DL

UL

P98a

P98b

P98e

P98f

DL TBF Release due to Suspend

1 3 103

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The counter(s) P98c and/or P98d are incremented counts the number of MS SUSPEND messaged received for
a DL (resp UL) TBF.
If the TBF is released due to the reception of MS SUSPEND message then the counter P98a and/or P98b is
incremented,
The difference between P98a and P98e in DL (resp P98b and P98f in UL): see next slide.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 103

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, MS Suspend, Scenario 2


MS

BSC

DL transfer
PDTCHDL

MFS

SGSN

MSC/VLR

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block
DL
Abnormal DL TBF Release

P302b_x

RADIO STATUS
T_WAIT_FLUSH

Suspend

MS Suspend

1 3 104

P98c

P98d

P98e

P98f

DL

UL

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If the TBF is released due to the reception of MS SUSPEND message then the counter P98e and/or P98f is
incremented, even if the TBF has been released before the reception of the suspend in the previous
T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.
When TBF is released before the MFS receives the MS SUSPEND message, in this case the MFS increments the
Radio Problem related counter(s) P302b_x and/or P302c_x rather than the counter(s) P98a and/or P98b. In
this case the Radio related counter(s) is(are) incremented.
The counter(s) P98c and/or P98d are incremented in both cases since P98c (resp P98d) counts the number
of MS SUSPEND messaged received for a DL (resp UL) TBF.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 104

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, Fast Preemption

MS

MFS

DL transfer
PDTCHDL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block

Traffic load

Packet TBF release


PACCHDL

1 3 105

P146

P147

DL

UL

The PDCH carrying


the PACCH of the TBF
is released

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A PDCH de-allocation following a PDCH preemption procedure can lead to a TBF release before the normal
end of the TBF if the PACCH of the related TBF is carried by the PDCH which is de-allocated.
This can be avoided thanks to the TBF Re-allocation procedure on Trigger T1. However if radio resources
are lacking the TBF Re-allocation can failed and the TBF is abnormally released.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 105

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Acceptable Release, CS Connection while MS in PTM B10


MS

BTS

SGSN

MFS

BSC

MSC

PTM

PTM (UL or/and DL TBF (1)

[PACCH]

Packet Paging Request (3)


CS paging

Packet Paging Request (4)

Paging CS (2)
IMSI

Paging Request

T_WAIT_DTM

Dedicated

SDCCH Assignment (5)


SCCP Connection (6)
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (7)
P509

DL

P510

UL

DTM

DTM Connection

1 3 106

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

z The DTM MS is in uplink or/and downlink packet transfer mode.


z The MFS receives a CS paging from the SGSN and checks whether or not the MS is in packet transfer

mode.

z As the MS is in packet transfer mode, the MFS forwards the CS paging to the MS in a Packet Paging

z
z
z

Request message on PACCH. The MFS starts the timer T_WAIT_DTM to monitor the MS access after the CS
paging. At this stage, the MFS does not force the release of the UL TBF and lets the RLC layer detect the
abnormal DL TBF release.
On receipt of the Packet Paging Request message, the MS aborts its on-going UL TBF, leaves the packet
transfer mode, and enters the dedicated mode.
The MS requests a SDCCH resource. The BSC assigns to the MS a SDCCH resource.
The BSC requests an SCCP connection and forwards the MS classmark to the MSC. As soon as the MSC
knows the IMSI of the MS and that the MS is DTM capable, the MSC shall send the Common ID message to
the BSC (assuming that the MSC supports DTM).
On receipt of the Common ID, the BSC informs the MFS that the MS has just entered the dedicated mode
(through the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message). This message also includes the classmark of the
MS. On receipt of the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the MFS forces the release of the
previous TBFs provided that they are still alive and stops T_WAIT_DTM timer.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 106

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

TBF Acceptable Release, Intercell HO


Serving
BTS

Target
BSC
BTS

SGSN

MFS

MSC

DTM (1)

DTM

MS

HO execution (2)
Dedicated

HO Performed
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (3)
Old cell

P509

DL

BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (4)


P510
New cell

UL

(incremented in
the old cell)

DTM

DTM Connection in the new cell

Cell Update or RA Update

1 3 107

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

z The MS is in Dual Transfer Mode.


z The MS performs its access in the new cell.
z At reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM info indication (CS_flag = 0, CS cause intercell handover) in the

old cell, the MFS deletes the MS context.

z At reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM info indication (CS_flag = 1, CS cause intercell handover) in the

new cell, the MFS creates a new MS DTM context according to the information received from the BSC.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 107

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

TBF Acceptable Release, TCH Release in DTM


BTS

MS

SGSN

MFS

BSC

MSC

DTM

DTM (1)
Clear Command (2)

PIM

Channel Release (3)

BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (4)

P509

DL

P510

UL

PTM

DL or UL TBF establishment

1 3 108

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

z The MS is in Dual Transfer Mode.


z The BSC receives a 48.008 Clear Command message to release the CS connection.
z The BSC sends to the MS a 44.018 Channel Release message. On receipt of the Channel Release message,

the MS starts timer T3110, disconnects the main signaling link, aborts its on-going TBFs and returns to
the packet idle mode (listening to the (P)CCCH). At this stage, the MFS does not force the release of the
on-going TBFs and lets the RLC layer detect the abnormal TBF releases. At the transition from the dual
transfer mode to the packet idle mode, the MS shall enter the Transfer non-DRX mode period.
z Through the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the BSC indicates to the MFS that the MS has left
just the dual transfer mode. This message is also used by the MFS to indicate that the MS has entered
the Transfer non-DRX period. On receipt of the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the MFS forces
the release of the previous TBFs provided that they are still alive.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 108

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF Abnormal Release


Acceptable Release

Radio
Radio

BSS
BSS

Gb
Gb

Re-allocation
execution
failure

Real radio link failure

new B10

N3105
Tx Efficiency

Others
Others

Blocking
Blocking
Situation
Situation
Stagnating
Stagnating
window
window

N3101

Radio
RadioLink
Link
Failure
Failure

N3103
N Polling EUTM

Some
SomeSuspend
Suspend
Real radio problems

Some
Somecell
cellreselection
reselection

1 3 109

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Real radio problems corresponds to:


z TBF release due to a radio resource reallocation failure
z TBF release due to the Suspend or Cell reselection cases which are counted as a TBF release due to radio
problem

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 109

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF, Abnormal Release, Radio


z

Radio link failure:

DL

UL

P302b_x

P302c_x

Real Radio link failure:


y Coverage
y Interference
y Too low efficiency of RLC blocks transmission

Some Suspend :

DL

P98c-P98a

Some Cell reselection :

DL

UL

P98d-P98b

P434b+P434d-P396a

Re-allocation execution failure:

P434a+P434c-P396b

UL

P407a+P407b+P407c+P407d
DL

UL

P408a+P408b+P408c+P408d

1 3 110

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

A radio link failure can be due to a real radio problem like coverage, interference but also to undetected
problems at BSS level like bad hardware components, Abis microwave link transmission.
After a radio link failure, a RADIO STATUS message is sent to the SGSN on Gb interface with one of the
following causes:
z radio contact lost with the MS: when the radio block transfer has been interrupted.
z radio link quality insufficient to continue the communication: when the radio block transfer is not
efficient enough.
Reminder:
z N3105 is the counter monitoring the radio link during a DL TBF. It is incremented each time a Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message scheduled by the MFS is not received from the MS.

N3101 is the counter monitoring the radio link during a UL TBF. It is incremented each time an up-link RLC
block scheduled by the MFS is not received from the MS.

N3103 is the counter monitoring the normal end of a UL TBF. It is incremented each time the Final Packet
Control Ack message scheduled by the MFS at the end of the UL TBF is not received from the MS.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 110

3 Data Transfer Release

TBF, Abnormal Release, Gb, BSS, Others


z

Gb:

P11

P24

DL

UL

BSS: no specific counter

Other abnormal release cases:


Blocking situation
(MS error, too high UL traffic)
Stagnating transmission window
(MS error, radio problem)

1 3 111

P303a
DL

P385a

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 111

P303b
UL

P385b

3 Data Transfer Release

Exercise
z

Exercise 1: Using the trace 11, find which kind of TBF release is
observed

Exercise 2: Using the trace 13, find which kind of TBF release is
observed

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 112

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 112

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

QoS Indicators
z

DL and UL TBF release


TBF establishment
TBF end

Normal release rate

Cell reselection
PDCH fast preemption

Acceptable release rate


Radio
Drop causes

Suspend procedure
CS operation in DTM
new B10

Radio fail during resource re-alloc exec


BSS
Gb

time
modified B10

1 3 113

Other problems: blocking situation +


N_stagnating window

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 113

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

QoS Indicators, KPI


A MODIFIER
z

DL and UL TBF release: Drop rate


TBF releases and drops
Downlink

Uplink

P9 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d +


P90e + P90f + P506)

Normal release rate

Acceptable release rate

KPI

(P146 + P98c + P434b + P434d +


P509) / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d
+ P90e + P90f + P506)

Drop rate

KPI

(P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e


+ P90f - P9 - P146 - P98c - P434b P434d - P509) / (P90a + P90b + P90c
+ P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)

Release rate due to PDCH fast


pre-emption

P146 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d


+ P90e + P90f + P506)

Release rate due to PDCH fast


pre-emption

P147 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

Release rate due to suspend


procedure from MS

P98a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d


+ P90e + P90f + P506)

Release rate due to suspend


procedure from MS

P98b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

Release rate due to cell


reselection

(P434b + P434d) / (P90a + P90b +


P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)

Release rate due to Flush


message

(P434a + P434c) / (P30a + P30b + P30c +


P508)

Release rate due to CS


operation in DTM

P509 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d


+ P90e + P90f + P506)

Release rate due to CS


operation in DTM

P510 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

Normal release rate

KPI

Acceptable release rate

Drop rate

KPI
KPI
KPI

new B10

new B10

1 3 114

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 114

P22 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)


(P147 + P98d + P434a + P434c + P510) /
(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)
(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508 - P22 P147 - P98d - P434a - P434c - P510) /
(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

3 Data Transfer Release

B10

QoS Indicators, TBF Abnormal Release


z

DL and UL TBF release: TBF drops


TBF drop causes
Downlink

Uplink

Radio problem : radio


link failure

P302b_1 + P302b_2 / (P90a + P90b + P90c +


P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)

Radio problem : real


radio pb +
reselections

P302c_1 + P302c_2 + P302c_3 + P302c_4/ (P30a +


P30b + P30c + P508)

Real radio drop rate

P302b_1 + P302b_2 - (P98c - P98a) - (P434b +


Real radio drop rate
P434d - P396a) + P407a +P407b + P407c + P407d)
/ (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f +
P506)

(P302c_1 + P302c_2 + P302c_3 + P302c_4/ (P98d - P98b) - (P434a + P434c - P396b) + P408a
+P408b + P408c + P408d) / (P30a + P30b + P30c +
P508)

Radio failure during


radio resource realloc
execution

(P407a + P407b + P407c + P407d) / (P90a + P90b Radio failure during


(P408a + P408b + P408c + P408d) / (P30a + P30b
+ P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
radio resource realloc + P30c + P508)
execution

Gb problem

P11 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f


+ P506)

Gb problem

P24 / ( P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

N_StagnatingWindow

P385a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e +


P90f + P506)

N_StagnatingWindow

P385b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

Blocking situation

P303a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e +


P90f + P506)

Blocking situation

P303b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)

BSS problem

(GPRS_DL_TBF_drop GPRS_DL_TBF_real_drop_radio GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_GB GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_N_stagnatingWindow GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_blocking)


/ GPRS_DL_TBF_success

BSS problem

(GPRS_UL_TBF_drop GPRS_UL_TBF_real_drop_radio GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_GB GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_N_stagnatingWindow GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_blocking)


/ GPRS_UL_TBF_success

1 3 115

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P302b and P302c have been removed in B10 and replaced by (P302b_1 + P302b_2) and (P302c_1 + P302c_2 +
P302c_3 + P302c_4).
On a DL TBF:
z

Radio problem: N3105 exceeds the limit (6) or too low TX efficiency (<10%).

z Blocking situation: no reception of the PDAN with Final indicator = 1 at the end of the Downlink TBF
during T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3 seconds (MS error) OR the transmission window of the MFS is stalled during
T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3 seconds (radio problem).
z Stagnating window: the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowDL is incremented when the Same oldest RLC
data block in the transmittion window is not acknowledged by the received bitmap of the last Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message.

The DL TBF is released because the RLC counter N_Stagnating WindowDL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_ WINDOW_DL_LIMIT =8 (MS error).
On a UL TBF:
z

radio problem: N3101 or N3103 exceeds the limits (48 and 1) or too low TX efficiency (<10%).

Blocking situation: Reception of N_UL_Dummy_Limit = 15 dummy UL RLC blocks (MS error or radio
problem) OR no reception of the Packet Control Ack at the end of the Uplink TBF during T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3
seconds (MS error).

Stagnating window: the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL is incremented provided that the receive
window is stalled whenever a UL RLC data block whose BSN is different from the receive window state
variable V(Q) and is received a round trip delay after the previous sending of a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message.

The UL TBF is released because the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_WINDOW_UL_LIMIT = 8 (MS error or radio problem).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 115

3 Data Transfer Release

QoS Indicators, TBF Abnormal Release [cont.]


z

B10

DL and UL TBF release: TBF radio drops


Indicator name

definition

Ref

NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105

Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)

P302b_1

NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- too low TX efficiency.

P302b_2

NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101

Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)

P302c_1

NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103

Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)

P302c_2

NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- too low TX efficiency.

P302c_3

NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM

Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio


failure. Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM
(N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its limit)

P302c_4

1 3 116

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 116

3 Data Transfer Release

QoS Indicators, TBF Drops, Graph

Downlink Data Transfer


BSS pb
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0

120

Gb drop

100
80
60
40
20

Blocking
drop
Stagnat drop
Radio pb

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

% Acc
Release
% Norm
Release

Uplink Data Transfer


BSS pb
350

120

300

100

250

80

200

Gb drop
Blocking pb

60

150

40

100

20

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

50

1 3 117

Stagnat pb
Radio pb
% Acc
Release
% Norm
Release

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The causes of drop during a DL data transfer are mainly radio problems.
The causes of drop during a UL data transfer are radio problems + blocking problems (MS error suspected
because seen on every network).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 117

3 Data Transfer Release

QoS Indicators, TBF Drops, Graph [cont.]


z

Thresholds
When the Delayed DL TBF release is not activated and CS2 is not used at
the beginning of the TBF:
y the UL/DL TBF normal release rate is seen as good above 98%

When the Delayed DL TBF release is activated or CS2 is used at the


beginning of the TBF (default value):
y The threshold of the DL TBF normal release rate should be lower

1 3 118

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The QoS threshold values assume that the MS mobility (reselection) is negligible.
The typical values for a DL TBF normal release rate:
z

When a Delayed DL TBF release is activated: 95%

When a Delayed DL TBF release is activated and CS2 is activated at the beginning of the TBF: 90%

The longer the TBF duration the higher the probability to drop.

There is a high probability to be in CS2 during the Delayed phase.

The typical values for UL TBF normal release rate:


z

When CS2 is activated at the beginning of the TBF: 98.3%, 98.9%

A UL TBF is often short.

The Coding Scheme is always CS1 during the MS contention resolution (based on TLLI) for security.

RLS procedures are active during the delayed phase.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 118

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

1 3 119

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 119

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

Definitions
z

Transfer
Exchange of RLC data blocks between the MS and the BSS
The bias of a transfer is the main direction of the transfer in terms of
number of bytes transferred

Session
Uninterrupted sequence of data transfers between the MS and the BSS
y begin: a UL or DL TBF is established for an MS in PIM
y on-going: at least one TBF is established
y end: the last on-going UL or DL TBF is released

1 3 120

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

During a transfer the MS and the BSS exchange some RLC blocks either in UL only or in DL only or in the two
directions.
A transfer can correspond to:
z

One complete TBF

Part of one TBF

Part of two TBFs

One complete TBF together with part of one TBF in the other direction

The first transfer of a session corresponds to the start of the first TBF of the session.
Then the Alcatel BSS regularly determines the bias of the on-going transfer of the MS.
z

The number of octets transferred in both directions is counted and averaged for that purpose.

If disabled, the bias remains the one chosen at the establishment of the TBF.

z By default, a transfer is deemed downlink biased (at first establishment), except in case the MS context is
created upon receipt of a 2-phase access UL establishment request, in which case the bias is set to uplink.

As soon as the bias of the transfer is about to change the ongoing transfer terminates and a new transfer
begins.
A session never ends when a DL TBF is released but at the expiry of timer T3192, in case there is no UL TBF
on-going in the meantime.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 120

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

Example
z

A session made up of:


5 TBFs (1 DL, 4 UL)
3 transfers (1 DL biased, 2 UL biased)
change of bias

change of bias

DL TBFs

active

delayed

UL TBFs
Bias
Transfers

UL

DL

UL

Xfer 1

Xfer 2
Session

1 3 121

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Transfer 1 and 3 are UL biased.


Transfer 2 is DL biased.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 121

Xfer 3

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

B10

Exercise
z

Exercise 1: Using the trace 2bis, find bias direction along transfer

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 122

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 122

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

QoS Indicators
z

Sessions and transfers


Session

Number of sessions
Average duration
Average number of DL/UL TBF per session

Transfer

Cumulated time an MS is engaged in DL/UL biased transfers


% of time DL/UL TBF are granted the maximum nb of
PDCHs they support and the corresponding MSs are
engaged in DL/UL biased transfers

1 3 123

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 123

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

QoS indicators, MS Sessions


z

MS Sessions
GPRS/EGPRS sessions
Number of GPRS and EGPRS sessions

P413

Average duration of a session

(P419+ P420) / P413

Downlink

Uplink

Average number of DL ( (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d Average number of


TBF established per
+ P90e + P90f + P506) /
UL TBF established
session
(P413))
per session

1 3 124

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 124

( (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)


/ (P413))

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

QoS Indicators, MS Transfers


z

MS Transfers
Bias of the ongoing transfers
Downlink

Uplink

Cumulative time MS are engaged in DL


biased transfers

P419

Cumulative time MS are engaged in UL


biased transfers

P420

Donwlink biaised ratio

P419 / (P419 + P420)

Uplink biaised ratio

P420 / (P419 + P420)

Cumulative time MS are served by DL


TBF and engaged in DL biased transfers

P411

Cumulative time MS are served by UL


TBF and engaged in UL biased
transfers

P412

Cumulative time DL TBF are granted


the maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in DL biased transfers

P409

Cumulative time UL TBF are granted


the maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in UL biased transfers

P410

P409 / P411

% of time UL TBF are granted the


maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in UL biased transfers

P410 / P412

% of time DL TBF are granted the


maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in DL biased transfers

1 3 125

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Determination of the Bias:


z

Uplink: when a first UL TBF is established using the 2-phase access on a CCCH or PCCCH

Downlink: in any other case

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 125

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

QoS Indicators, MS Transfers, Example


PDCH preemption
of 2 TS

change of bias

change of bias
active

DL TBFs

UL TBFs
Bias
Transfers

3TS 4TS

2TS

UL

4TS

1TS

2TS

delayed
2TS

1TS

DL

1TS

2TS

2TS

UL

Xfer 1

Xfer 2

Xfer 3

Session
time
P419

DL

UL

P411
P409
P420
P412
P410
1 3 126

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Transfer 1 and 3 are UL biased.


Transfer 2 is DL biased.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 126

4 MS Sessions / Transfers

QoS Indicators, Graph

DL session
250000

102
100
98
96
94
92
90
88
86

200000
150000
100000
50000

DL Time bias
Time bias
%Time Opt
Alloc

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

Time Opt alloc

UL session
6000

120

5000

100

4000

80

3000

60

2000

40

1000

20
0

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

1 3 127

Time Opt alloc


UL Time bias
Time bias
%Time Opt
Alloc

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The typical values of the DL TBF optimal allocation time rate (without resource re-allocation):
z

Without congestion (GSM+GPRS): 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%

With congestion: 79.5%

The UL TBF optimal allocation time rate can be biased, due to the restriction on P29.
However, on small area, it can give typical values:
z

Without congestion (GSM+GPRS): 68.5%, 76%, 92%, 98%

With congestion: 98%

These typical values are highly dependent on the penetration rate of class 9 or class 10 mobiles (mobiles
able to use 2 TSs on the UL path).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 127

5 Resource Usage

1 3 128

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 128

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, Air Interface


z
z

The BSS uses several resources to transfer data between the MS and
the GPRS core network
Air interface resources
Physical channels: MPDCH, SPDCH
logical channels:
y control channels
{
{

without MPDCH: BCCH, AGCH, PCH, RACH


with MPDCH: PBCCH, PAGCH, PPCH, PRACH

y traffic channels: PDTCH


y associated signaling channel: PACCH

1 3 129

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 129

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, GPU


z

The GPU resource (BSS internal resource)


The GPRS traffic of a group of cells is handled by the GPU function mapped
on a hardware component: the GPU board

Ater

Gb
G
P
U

BSC
8 PCM

8 PCM

in MFS equipment

UL

1 3 130

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Each GPU handles the GPRS traffic of cells belonging to the same BSS.
There is a maximum number of GPUs to monitor the traffic of one BSS.
Up to 240 PDCHs can be active at the same time on the same GPU.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 130

SGSN

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, Abis/Ater Interface


z

The Abis resources can be seen as a pool of Abis nibbles shareable


between all TREs of a given sector (basic Abis nibbles) or all the TREs
of a given BTS (extra and bonus Abis nibbles).
An M-EGCH organizes the transmission resources (pool of Abis nibbles
and Ater nibbles) given to a TRX for its PS traffic.

TRX 3
M-EGCH 3
TRX 2

Abis

M-EGCH 2

Ater

TRX 1
M-EGCH 1

1 3 131

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

For EGPRS traffic, an EGCH physical channel is allocated per PDCH which is a set of n GCHs, n depending on
the maximum CS or MCS number that can be used on the PDCH:

Scheme

Modulation

CS-1
CS-2
CS-3
CS-4
MCS-1
MCS-2

GMSK
GMSK
GMSK
GMSK
GMSK
GMSK

MCS-3
MCS-4
MCS-5

GMSK
GMSK
8-PSK

MCS-6
MCS-7
MCS-8
MCS-9

8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK

Raw data rate


(in kbit/s)
8
12
14.4
20
8.8
11.2
14.8
13.6
17.6
22.4
29.6
27.2
44.8
54.4
59.2

Number of
GCH
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 131

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, Gb Interface


z

Gb interface resource
A BVC is the logical identifier to which is linked the traffic of a cell carried
over the Gb interface
The traffic of all the BVCs controlled by the same GPU is multiplexed and
carried by the 64 Kbit/s PCM time slots on the Gb interface

BVCI=2
BVCI=1
BVCI=3

Gb

BSC1
GPU

SGSN

BVCI=5
BVCI=4
BVCI=6

BSC2

8 PCM

1 3 132

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 132

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges


z

BSC MFS messages

RR Allocation Indication

BSC

MFS
RR Usage Indication

1 3 133

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Thanks to the Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation feature, the MFS no longer needs to request
the BSC for additional SPDCHs (as in B8); as all the usable PS-capable radio timeslots are explicitly
allocated to the MFS through the RR Allocation Indication message. However, the RRM-PRH entity has
the responsibility for handling the RR Allocation Indication and RR Usage Indication messages,
especially for the following tasks:
z interpretation of the SPDCHs_Allocation bitmap contained in the RR Allocation Indication message
(in particular, if a SPDCH is removed in the bitmap, then a preemption process may have to be
started, cf. section 4 for more details),

building and sending of the SPDCHs_Confirmation bitmap, the SPDCHs_Usage bitmap, the
SPDCHs_RadioUsage bitmap and the DTM_TCH bitmap, through the RR Usage Indication message.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 133

5 Resource Usage

B10

BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges, GTTP UL

BSC

MS

MFS

Dedicated mode (SDCCH/TCH) (1)


[main DCCH]

GPRS Information [UL LLC PDU] (2)


BSCGP DTM GPRS Info UL [1st segment](3)

BSCGP DTM GPRS Info UL [2nd segment](3)


UL LLC PDUs (4)
P513

1 3 134

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. The MS is in dedicated mode and required to send GPRS signaling information to the SGSN (for

instance to perform a cell update).


2. Provided that the GPRS signaling information can be encoded in the MAX_LAPDm LAPDm frames,

the MS sends on the main DCCH the GPRS Information message to the BTS. The BTS assembles the
LAPDm frames received in the GPRS Information message and forwards it to the BSC on RSL.
3. The BSC forwards the GPRS information to the MFS through a BSCGP DTM GPRS Information UL

message. This message contains the 44.060 GPRS Information and the references of the MS (i.e., the
IMSI and the BSC reference).
4. The MFS decodes the 44.060 GPRS Information message and builds accordingly the UL LLC PDU.

Then, the MFS sends the UL LLC PDU towards the SGSN.
P513: Number of bytes received from the MS with the GTTP protocol.
This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the UL LLC PDU carried in the BSCGP DTM
GPRS information messages received in MFS.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 134

5 Resource Usage

B10

BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges, GTTP DL


MFS

BSC

MS

Dedicated mode (SDCCH/TCH) (1)


DL LLC PDUs (2)

BSCGP DTM GPRS Info DL (3)


[main DCCH]

GPRS Information [DL LLC PDU] (4)

T_WAIT_DTM
BSCGP DTM GPRS Info DL ACK (4)
P514

1 3 135

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

1. The MS is DTM capable and in dedicated mode.


2. The MFS receives a DL LLC PDU with the T-bit set in the QoS Profile IE (for instance if the MS is
performing a RA update to send the RA Update Accept message).
3. As the MFS is aware that the MS is in dedicated mode, it checks whether the DL LLC PDUs can be

encoded in the MAX_LAPDm LAPDm frames available. If this is the case, the MFS builds the 44.060
GPRS Information message containing the DL LLC PDU and sends it to the BSC in the BSCGP DTM GPRS
Information DL message. In addition, the BSCGP DTM GPRS Information message contains the
references of the MS (i.e., the IMSI and the BSC reference) and possibly the SDCCH/TCH identity of
the CS connection.
4. The BSC forwards the message to the BTS on RSL. Then, the BTS possibly segments the message

and sends it to the MS on the main DCCH. The BSC acknowledges to the MFS the sending of DL LLC
PDU through the message DTM GPRS Information DL ACK.
P514: Number of bytes sent to the MS with the GTTP protocol.
This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the DL LLC PDU carried in the BSCGP DTM
GPRS information messages sent by MFS.
Note: Possible repetitions of the messages are not taken into account i.e only the DL_LLC_PDU
acknowledged by BSCGP DTM GPRS information ack message are take into account.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 135

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, Scenario for GCH Establishment


MFS

BSC

BTS

Selection of the Ater and


Abis nibbles (1) (2)
RSL-Allocate-Abis-Nibbles
(All the BTS Abis nibble ids) (4)

Abis-Nibbles-Allocation
(All the BTS Abis nibble ids) (3)
Those two messages
are sent in sequence
by the MFS

Transmission-Allocation-Request
(Ater nibble ids,
BSC Abis nibble ids,
MFS connection references) (6)

Abis nibble allocation to


the TRE (5)

Ater to Abis nibble


switching (7)
Transmission-Allocation-Confirm
(Ater and BSC Abis nibble ids,
MFS and BSC connection references) (8)

64K Ater TS crossconnection to DSP (9)


Activate (TRE-Id) (10)

Activate-Ack (11)

As many as the
number of new
GCHs in the MEGCH link

The established GCHs


can carry PS traffic

1 3 136

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This GCH establishment scenario is valid if there are free ABIS and Ater resources (nibbles).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 136

5 Resource Usage

BSS Resources, Scenario for GCH Release


MFS

BTS

BSC
Release (1)

As many as the
number of GCHs to
remove from the MEGCH link

Release-Ack (2)

Abis-Nibbles-Allocation
(All the remaining BTS Abis nibble ids) (3)
Those two messages
are sent in sequence
by the MFS

RSL-Allocate-Abis-Nibbles
(All the remaining BTS Abis nibble ids) (4)

Transmission-Deallocation-Command
(BSC connection references) (6)

Abis nibble deallocation


from the TRE (5)

Ater to Abis nibble


deswitching (7)
Transmission-Deallocation-Complete

(Ater nibble ids, MFS connection references) (8)


)
64K Ater TS decrossconnection from DSP (9)

Release of the Ater and


Abis nibbles (10) (11)

1 3 137

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This GCH establishment scenario is valid if there are free ABIS and Ater resources (nibbles).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 137

5 Resource Usage

Exercise
z
z

Exercise 1: using trace 1 , identify the different messages for Abis and
Ater resource allocation.
Exercise 2 : using same trace find different messages for the de
allocation of these resources

Time allowed:
10 minutes

1 3 138

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 138

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, PDCH


z

GPRS radio resources: PDCH

Smooth PDCH traffic


adaptation

Average, max, min number and reduction rate


of MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT

PDCH usage

Cumulated time PDCHs:


- use at least one DL/UL TBF
- carry GMM traffic
PDCH dynamic establishment success rate
Soft preemption

1 3 139

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 139

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT Follow-up


z

GPRS radio resources PDCH: MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT


INDICATOR

MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT AVERAGE VALUE

DEFINITION

Average value of allocated SPDCH over the observation period.

FORMULA

INDICATOR

MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT MAX VALUE

DEFINITION

Maximum value of allocated SPDCH in the whole granularity period.

FORMULA

INDICATOR

MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT MIN VALUE

DEFINITION

Minimum value of allocated SPDCH in the whole granularity period.

FORMULA

INDICATOR

MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT REDUCTION RATE

DEFINITION

Reduction rate of allocated SPDCH value integrated over the granularity period.

FORMULA

CELL

CELL

CELL

CELL

(P414bis) / (PERIOD)

(P415bis)

(P416bis)

((P415bis*GP) P414bis) / (P415bis*GP))

1 3 140

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 140

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, PDCH Usage

Counter
number

Name

Definition

P451a

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL

Cumulated time during which an UL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs
of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).

P451b

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL

Cumulated time during which an DL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs
of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).

P452

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL

Cumulated time during which a DL TBF established for GMM signalling


purposes uses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), for all TBFs of the cell.

P38e

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL

Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one DL TBF (in
GPRS or EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.

P38f

CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL

Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one UL TBF (in
GPRS or EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.

1 3 141

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 141

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, PDCH Usage

formula

Name

Definition

P496

MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Minimum number of used slave PDCHs in the


.

P495

MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Maximum number of used slave PDCHs in the cell.

Soft pre-emption
P417

NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH

(P403a + P404a) / P417

Number of PDCH released after having been marked by


the soft pre-emption procedure
Average number of UL+DL TBF candidates to a T1
reallocation per PDCH released after having been marked

1 3 142

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 142

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, MPDCH


z

GPRS radio resources: MPDCH

MPDCH usage

MPDCH resource allocation is static no indicators

MPDCH signaling traffic

PPCH
PRACH
PAGCH
PACCH

1 3 143

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 143

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, MPDCH Signaling


z

GPRS radio resources: MPDCH signaling


MPDCH signalling traffic
Dedicated PPCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH P61
Number of PACKET PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent P61a
to the MS on PPCH
Number of PACKET PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent P61b
to the MS on PPCH
Number of Packet DL assignment messages on PPCH
P61 - 0.5*P61a - 0.5*P61b
Occupancy rate of PS paging messages on PPCH load
0.5 * P61a / P61
Occupancy rate of Packet DL assignment messages on PPCH (P61 - 0.5*P61a - 0.5*P61b) / P61
PRACH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH

P399

PRACH signalling load due to NC2 feature


% PRACH load induced by NC2 feature
Dedicated PAGCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH
UL PACCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH

P438d
(P438d / P399) * 100
P400
P401

1 3 144

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The Factor of 0.5 comes from the fact that a PACKET PAGING REQUEST can contain 2 paging messages (like
in GSM between Paging Commands and Paging Requests).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 144

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, CCCH


z

GPRS radio resources: CCCH

CCCH load

RACH
PCH: PS paging, CS paging, Immediate assignment
AGCH

1 3 145

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 145

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, CCCH Load


z

GPRS radio resources: CCCH load

CCCH load
P53a / MC8A
Paging usage rate due to GPRS
PCH use due to GPRS Immediat Assignment
P53c
Ratio PS/CS paging through SGSN
P53a / (P53a+P53b)
P62c / MC8C
RACH usage rate due to GPRS
(P49 + P27) / (MC8B + P49 + P27)
AGCH usage rate due to GPRS

1 3 146

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P53a = Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages
the PCH resource). (used for instance for an MT picture transfer MMS service).
P53b = Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages
the PCH resource) -> Need of the Gs interface.
P53c = Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages the PCH
resource) for a DL TBF establishment when the MS is in DRX mode.
GSM Paging Command (one per Mobile) or GPRS (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST are merged into PAGING REQUEST
on the radio layer.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 146

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, CCCH, Graph


GPRS/GSM AGCH breakdown

PS AGCH
Tot AGCH

CS AGCH

20
03

% PS AGCH

13
/0
9/

20
03

20
03

09
/0
9/

11
/0
9/

20
03

20
03

07
/0
9/

20
03

05
/0
9/

03
/0
9/

20
03

20
03

01
/0
9/

20
03

30
/0
8/

28
/0
8/

20
03

20
03

26
/0
8/

20
03

24
/0
8/

22
/0
8/

20
03

20
03

20
/0
8/

18
/0
8/

16
/0
8/

14
/0
8/

20
03

4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
20
03

450000
400000
350000
300000
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0

GPRS/GSM RACH breakdown


450000
400000
350000
300000
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0

% PS RACH

20
03

20
03

Tot RACH

13
/0
9/

20
03

11
/0
9/

20
03

09
/0
9/

07
/0
9/

20
03

20
03

05
/0
9/

03
/0
9/

20
03

20
03

01
/0
9/

20
03

28
/0
8/

30
/0
8/

20
03

20
03

26
/0
8/

20
03

24
/0
8/

22
/0
8/

20
03

20
03

20
/0
8/

20
03

18
/0
8/

16
/0
8/

14
/0
8/

20
03

4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0

GPRS/GSM PCH breakdown

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 147

09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

20
03

20
03

07
/0
9/

20
03

05
/0
9/

20
03

03
/0
9/

20
03

01
/0
9/

20
03

30
/0
8/

28
/0
8/

20
03

20
03

26
/0
8/

24
/0
8/

20
03

22
/0
8/

20
03

20
/0
8/

20
03

18
/0
8/

16
/0
8/

14
/0
8/

1 3 147

20
03

1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0

20
03

20000000
18000000
16000000
14000000
12000000
10000000
8000000
6000000
4000000
2000000
0

CS PAging
PS Imm. As
PS PAging
%io PS Pag

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Abis Nibble


z

GPRS radio resources: Abis nibble

Abis nibble counters


Number of free nibbles:
- Minimum of free extra or bonus Abis nibble

Number of used nibble:


- Maximum number extra or bonus used nibbles
Cumulated Time during which there are free Abis nibbles

1 3 148

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 148

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Abis Nibble


z

GPRS radio resources: Abis nibble usage


Abis interface - Abis nibble usage
Cumulative time (in seconds), per BTS
,during which there are free extra and bonus
Abis nibbles available.
Cumulated time during which extra and
bonus Abis nibbles are used in the cell,
cumulated over all extra and bonus Abis
nibbles.
Minimum number of free extra and bonus
Abis nibbles.
Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis
nibbles currently used in the cell (by a GCH
channel)

1 3 149

P472

P466

P484
P465

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Free Extra and bonus nibbles are given per BTS.


Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in a GCH.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 149

5 Resource Usage

B10

QoS Indicators, GPU


z

GPRS radio resources: GPU

GPU counters

Overall traffic
MS capabilities breakdown
MS multislot class breakdown

modified B10

new B10

Processing limitation, GCH interface

1 3 150

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 150

5 Resource Usage

B10

QoS Indicators, GPU Usage


z

GPRS radio resources: GPU usage and MS capabilities


GPU traffic
Number of LLC PDU transferred (UL+ DL)
Number of UL+DL TBF establishment requests per GPU
Number of UL+DL TBF establishment successes per GPU
(UL+DL) TBF success rate per GPU
Number of PS PAGING request per GPU
Number of CS PAGING request per GPU

P104
P107
P106
(P106 / P107) * 100
P391a
P391b

MS capabilities
Number of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations.
Number of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999
onwards mobile stations
Number of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.
Number of MS contexts created
Number of MS contexts created for MS supporting the Geran feature
package 1
Number of MS context created for DTM capable mobiles stations.
Number of EDA-capable GPRS and EGPRS MS contexts.
Ratio of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations.
Ratio of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999
onwards mobile stations
Ratio of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.
1 3 151

P450a
P450b
P450c
P450d
P450e
new B10

P500
P594
P450a / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)
P450b / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)
P450c / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P450d is incremented the first time the MS Radio Access Capability is received for a given MS context.
Note: This counter is incremented whatever the MS release or feature supported by the MS.
A mobile station is assumed to be Rel-4-compliant if it supports the GERAN Feature Package 1 (theoretically
it is not possible to precisely identify a Rel-4-compliant mobile station). Rel-4-compliant if it its GERAN
Feature Package 1 bit is set to 1.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 151

5 Resource Usage

B10

QoS Indicators, GPU Usage [cont.]


z

GPRS radio resources: MS multislot class


Indicator name

definition

Ref

NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10

Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class


belongs to the set of multislot classes 0 to 10.

P530a_1

NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12

Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class


belongs to the set of multislot classes 11 to 12.

P530a_2

NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X

Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class


belongs to the set of multislot classes of type 3X .

P530a_3

NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X

Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class


belongs to the set of multislot classes of type 4X .

P530a_4

1 3 152

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 152

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, GPU Load


z

GPRS radio resources: GPU load: DSP and CPU


GPU load
DSP congestion duration (in seconds).

P384

Percentage of time during which the DSP is in congestion


Cumulated time during which the GPU stays in the PMU CPU overload
state due to PMU CPU power limitations.
Percentage of time during which the GPU stays in the PMU CPU
overload state due to PMU CPU power limitations.

P384 / GP
P402

P402 / GP

Average PMU CPU power budget of the GPU

P76a

Maximum PMU CPU power budget of the GPU

P77a

This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU
load state

P201

This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU
overload state

P202

1 3 153

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

PMU = Packet Management Unit, is responsible for the following tasks:


z

RRM (Radio and Resource Management): for TBF, PDCH and MPDCH allocation/de-allocation, radio
resource re-allocation of existing TBFs, PS paging, PDU queuing and Packet System Information

BSCGP stack management (MFS-BSC interface)

Gb stack management (MFS-SGSN interface)

The PMU functions are supported by the PPC board (Power PC).
The DSP board supports the Packet Transfer Unit (PTU) functions:
z

RLC layer management

MAC layer management

L2EGCH layer management

L1EGCH layer management

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 153

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, GCH


z

GPRS radio resources: GCH usage

GCH counters

Cumulated time:
- GCHs are in excess in a cell
- GCHs are in deficit in a cell
- GCH is busy in a cell
- GPU is in Ater congestion
- GPU is in high Ater usage state
Number of GCHs:
- max number of GCHs busy per GPU
- max number of GCHs busy per cell
- Min number of GCHs busy per GPU
- max number of GCHs in deficit cell

1 3 154

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 154

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, GCH Load


z

GPRS radio resources: GCH load in time


Ater interface - GCH
Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH (16k channel) is busy in the cell.
The counter is integrated over all the GCH available in the cell.

P100c

Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH resource (16k channel) is
available in the GPU

P101

Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell ,during which there is a excess of GCH
resources (16k channel).

P471

Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell , during which there is a deficit of GCH
resources (16k channel).

P470

Atermux congestion duration (in seconds) due to a lack of GCH transmission


resources on the Atermux interface

P383a

% of time the GPU is in Ater congestion state


Time (cumulated over a granularity period) during which the GPU remains in "high"
Ater usage
% of time the GPU is in high Ater usage state

1 3 155

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 155

P383a / GP
P383b
P383b / GP

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, GCH Load


z

GPRS radio resources: GCH load in number per cell and per GPU

Ater interface - GCH


Maximum number of GCH in deficit reached in the cell.

P469

Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.

P100f

Minimum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.

P100e

Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the cell.

P100d

1 3 156

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

For a DRFU BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.
For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 156

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Ater Nibble


z

GPRS radio resources: Ater nibble usage

Ater nibble counters


Number of free nibbles:
- Minimum of Ater
- Minimum of free extra or bonus Ater nibbles

Number of used Nibble:


- Maximum number extra or bonus used nibbles
Cumulated Time during which there are free Ater nibbles
given per GPU
1 3 157

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 157

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Ater Nibble


z

GPRS radio resources: Ater nibble usage

Ater interface Ater nibbles usage


Minimum number of free Ater nibbles.

P486

Minimum number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles.

P484

Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in
a GCH.
Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles currently used in the cell (by P465
a GCH channel).
Cumulative time (in seconds), per GPU ,during which there are free Ater
nibbles.
A free Ater nibble is an Ater nibble not currently used by a GCH.

1 3 158

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 158

P474

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Impact of EDGE Activation


z

Ater resources capacity must be increased for EDGE


Example for one GPU board with 2 AterMux for GPRS
Total_Ater_GIC_available
500

Ater_Cong_Rate
70,0%

464 GCHs

450

60,0%

400

348 GCHs

350

50,0%

300

40,0%

250
200

30,0%

232 GCHs

150

20,0%

100
10,0%

50
0

0,0%

2 AterMux are not enough


for EDGE traffic
1 3 159

4 AterMux are needed


to avoid Ater congestion
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Ater_Cong_Rate = P383a / GP = Percentage of time all GCHs are busy in the GPU
Total_Ater_GIC_available = Number of GCHs available for traffic is not a counter but a configuration
variable depending on the number of AterMux connected to the GPU and which available for traffic

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 159

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Impact of EDGE Activation [cont.]


z

DSP congestion can occur in the GPU even if enough Ater resources
are available
Same GPU: EDGE is activated cell by cell
Total_Ater_GIC_available
500

GPU_Cong_Rate

464 GCHs

450

3,0%
2,5%

400

348 GCHs

350

2,0%

300
250

232 GCHs

1,5%

200
1,0%

150
100

0,5%

50
0,0%

The more cells are EDGE capable the higher the GPU DSP congestion
1 3 160

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

GPU_Cong_Rate = (P384/10) / GP = Percentage of time the GPU is in DSP congestion


Total_Ater_GIC_available = Number of GCHs available for traffic is not a counter but a configuration
variable depending on the number of AterMux connected to the GPU and which available for traffic

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 160

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, BVC


z

GPRS radio resources: BVC


BVC

Number of DL LLC bytes

Received from the SGSN


Discarded due to congestion
Not rerouted
Well received from the SGSN
Discarded due to a Suspend procedure
Rerouted

Number of UL LLC bytes

Received from the MS

BVC availability
1 3 161

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 161

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, BVC, Traffic, Availability


z

GPRS radio resources: BVC traffic, BVC availability


BVC (cell) traffic

Downlink
Number of DL LLC bytes received from SGSN
Number of DL LLC bytes received by MS in
GPRS ACK mode

Uplink
Number of UL LLC bytes received from MS
P44
Number of UL LLC bytes received from MS in GPRS ACK
P44a
mode

P43
P43a

Number of DL LLC bytes received by MS in


GPRS NACK mode

P43b

Number of UL LLC bytes received from MS in GPRS


NACK mode

P44b

Number of DL LLC bytes received by MS in


EGPRS ACK mode

P43c

Number of UL LLC bytes received from MS in EGPRS


ACK mode

P44c

Number of DL LLC bytes received by MS in


EGPRS NACK mode

P43d

Number of UL LLC bytes received from MS in EGPRS


NACK mode

P44d

Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to


congestion

P10

Number of UL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion


at SNS level

P23

Average DL useful throughput in kbit/s

((P43 - P10) * 8) / (GP * 1000)

DL LLC congestion rate

P10 / P43

Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to


suspend procedure
% of DL LLC bytes discarded due to suspend
procedure

P99
P99 / P43

Downlink LLC bytes well rerouted

P95

DL LLC bytes not rerouted

P96

DL LLC bytes well received

P43 - P10 - P96

DL LLC bytes well received rate

(P43 - P10 - P96) / P43


BVC (cell) unavailability
Time during which the BVC associated to a cell is unavailable for traffic
1 3 162

P67

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

LLC bytes discarded: relating to the PDU LifeTime expiry or to the GPU buffer congestion (can be linked to
degraded DL Flow Control algorithm).
P99: The introduction of the Suspend-Resume mechanism between the MFS and the SGSN can generate
GPRS QoS problems. If the suspend time exceeds the tolerable threshold for the distant server the MS is
connected to, it can generate disconnection from the server. Even though, the disconnection does not
mean that the PDP context is deactivated. It belongs to IP GSS feature (capacity to generate dummy IP
blocks to keep the Gi link alive).
P96 is likely to be sensitive to a lot of reselection problems an MS has to face in the GPRS network (no GPRS
resources available in the selected cell, reselection of an MS in a new cell belonging to a new MFS or a new
SGSN, etc).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 162

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, PVC and BC Unavailability


z

GPRS radio resources: BVC


PVC

BC

Time unavailaibility

Time unavailaibility

1 3 163

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 163

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, PVC and BC Unavailability


z

GPRS radio resources: PVC, BC unavailability

Gb interface PVC, BC
Percentage of time during which the PVC (Permanent
Virtual Connection) is not available on Gb Interface.

P34/GP

Percentage of time during which the BC (Bearer Channel)


is not available on Gb Interface

P33/GP

1 3 164

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 164

5 Resource Usage

QoS Indicators, Graph

Details of downlink LLC traffic


100.2
100
99.8
99.6
99.4
99.2
99
98.8
98.6
98.4

14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

9000000
8000000
7000000
6000000
5000000
4000000
3000000
2000000
1000000
0

Blocked bytes
Discarded
bytes
Not rerouted
Rerouted
bytes
Received
bytes
%Well receiv

Details of uplink LLC traffic


4000000
3500000
3000000
2500000
2000000
1500000
1000000
500000
0
14
/0
8/
20
03
16
/0
8/
20
03
18
/0
8/
20
03
20
/0
8/
20
03
22
/0
8/
20
03
24
/0
8/
20
03
26
/0
8/
20
03
28
/0
8/
20
03
30
/0
8/
20
03
01
/0
9/
20
03
03
/0
9/
20
03
05
/0
9/
20
03
07
/0
9/
20
03
09
/0
9/
20
03
11
/0
9/
20
03
13
/0
9/
20
03

UL sent bytes

1 3 165

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 165

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

1 3 166

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 166

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

Modulations and Data Rates


z

Data rate per radio TS (RLC payload)


Scheme

Modulation

Maximum rate
(kbps)

GPRS
CS-4

GMSK

21.4

CS-3

GMSK

15.6

CS-2

GMSK

13.4

CS-1

GMSK

9.05

EGPRS

8PSK modulation to
provide higher data rates

GMSK modulation to
ensure a certain level of
performance in case of
poor radio conditions

1 3 167

MCS-9

8PSK

59.2

MCS-8

8PSK

54.4

MCS-7

8PSK

44.8

MCS-6

8PSK

29.6 / 27.2 *

MCS-5

8PSK

22.4

MCS-4

GMSK

17.6

MCS-3

GMSK

14.8 / 13.6 *

MCS-2

GMSK

11.2

MCS-1

GMSK

8.8

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 167

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

DL CS Adaptation
AV_RXQUAL_LT
7

CS-1
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_X_Y+ CS_HST_DL_LT
CS-1 or CS-2 (hysteresis)

CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_X_Y

CS-2
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_X_Y + CS_HST_DL_LT
CS-2 or CS-3 (hysteresis)

CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_X_Y

C S_QUAL_DL_3_4_X_Y

CS-3

CS-4
CS-3 or CS-4
(hysteresis)

0
0
100%
1 3 168

CS_SIR_DL_3_4_X_Y

CS_BLER_DL_3_4

CS_SIR_DL_3_4_X_Y +
CS_SIR_HST_DL
CS_BLER_DL_4_3

AV_SIR
15

0%

BLER

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The change from CS3 to CS4 is not only based on AV_RXQUAL_LT for the two following reasons:
z The RXQUAL range only goes down to 0.2%. However, the change of coding scheme from CS3 to CS4 will
probably have to be done for even lower values. Indeed, when the coding scheme is CS4, in static (AWGN),
a BLER of 0.1 (typical value of the BLER threshold to change from CS3 to CS4) is obtained for a raw BER of
1-(1-0.1)1/456 = 2.10-4. This raw BER would be larger in multipath channels but is likely to remain below
0.2%. This means that CS_QUAL_DL_3_4 should be close to 0 and that a condition based on RXQUAL is not
sufficient to change the coding scheme from CS3 to CS4.

If the changes from CS3 to CS4 and from CS4 to CS3 are based on different metrics, a Ping-Pong effect can
occur. Indeed, it can happen that the conditions to change from CS3 to CS4 and CS4 to CS3 are
simultaneously true in some situations.

In case a TBF is established on PDCHs of a non-hopping BCCH TRX or on PDCHs using a FHS including the
BCCH frequency a new algorithm is used for adaptation between CS3 and CS4 based on BLER computation
and comparison to threshold. Indeed in these 2 cases most of the MS will not report any C/I measurements
on idle frames.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 168

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

UL CS Adaptation
z

GPRS CS adaptation in the UL


AV_RXQUAL_LT
7

CS1
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT

CS1 or CS2 (hysteresis)

CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_X_Y

CS2
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT

CS2 or CS3 (hysteresis)

CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_X_Y

CS3
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT

CS3 or CS4 (hysteresis)

CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_X_Y

CS4
AV_SIR

15

0
1 3 169

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

In the up-link, the RXQUAL is available in CS4 and the SIR measurements are not reported by the BTS to the
MFS so far. Therefore, it is possible to use also RXQUAL measurements to change the coding scheme from
CS3 to CS4 or from CS4 to CS3, contrary to the downlink algorithm, for which the SIR is used.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 169

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

DL MCS Adaptation
z

In RLC acknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into
account:
Current MCS:
y MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
y MCS-5 to MCS-9 in 8-PSK

Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]


MS OUT OF MEMORY state
y = Off then LA tables with IR are used
y = On then LA tables without IR (Type I ARQ) are used
z

In RLC unacknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking


into account:
Current MCS:
y MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
y MCS-5 to MCS-9 In 8-PSK

Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]


z

Each combination of these criteria corresponds to a specific LA table

1 3 170

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Extract of a table when APD=0dB, Type 1 ARQ, 8PSK table: if MCScurrent belongs to {5,6,7,8,9}

MEAN_BEP

CV_BEP
0

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

8 8 8 8
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 170

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

UL MCS Adaptation
z

In RLC acknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into
account:

Current MCS:
y
y

APD of the MS: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]


EN_IR_UL state
y
y

= enable then LA tables with IR are used


= disable then LA tables without IR (Type I ARQ) are used

In RLC unacknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into
account:

Current MCS:
y
y

MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK


MCS-5 to MCS-9 in 8-PSK

MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK


MCS-5 to MCS-9 In 8-PSK

Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]

Each combination of those criteria corresponds to a specific LA table

1 3 171

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

In the up-link the same tables as in the down-link apply.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 171

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

Exercise
z

Exercise 1: using trace 20 , find at what time the MCS is changed

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 3 172

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 172

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators
z

CS and MCS adaptation


PDTCH
RLC blocks

Number of useful blocks, retransmitted blocks, lost


bytes for GPRS CS1,2,3,4 for EGPRS MCS1, , MCS9
Retransmission rate, lost rate
Useful CSx and MCSx distribution
GPRS Coding Scheme increase and decrease
Throughput per cell, per PDCH, per TBF

PACCH
RLC blocks

PDTCH occupancy
PACCH occupancy

1 3 173

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 173

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators, RLC Statistics, GPRS Mode


z

CS and MCS adaptation: RLC statistics in GPRS mode


RLC statistics
Downlink

Uplink

Number of useful PDTCH RLC blocks


acknowledged by the MS in GPRS ack
mode

CS1 : P55a
CS2 : P55b
CS3 : P55c
CS4 : P55d

Number of useful PDTCH RLC


blocks acknowledged by the MS in
GPRS ack mode

CS1 : P57a
CS2 : P57b
CS3 : P57c
CS4 : P57d

Number of retransmitted PDTCH RLC


blocks in
GPRS ack mode

CS1 : P20a
CS2 : P20b
CS3 : P20c
CS4 : P20d

Number of retransmitted PDTCH


RLC blocks in
GPRS ack mode

CS1 : P21a
CS2 : P21b
CS3 : P21c
CS4 : P21d

Number of lost PDTCH RLC bytes in


GPRS
nack mode

CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4 : P72c

Number of lost PDTCH RLC bytes in CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4 : P72d


GPRS
nack mode

PDTCH RLC block retransmission rate (P20a + P20b + P20c + P20d) / P350a
in GPRS ack mode

PDTCH RLC block retransmission


rate in GPRS ack mode

(P21a + P21b + P21c + P21d) / P350b

PDTCH RLC block CSx /


(CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio

PDTCH RLC block CSx /


(CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio

(P57x) / (P57a+P57b+P57c+P57d)

KPI

In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC


retransmitted data bytes sent on
PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
Average TX_EFFICIENCY

KPI
KPI

P55x / (P55a+P55b+P55c+P55d)

KPI
KPI

(P20a*160+P20b*240+P20c*288+P20 In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC


d*400)/(P20a*160+P20b*240+P20c*2 retransmitted data bytes sent on
88+P20d*400+P55a*160+P55b*240+P PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
55c*288+P55d*400)

(P21a*160+P21b*240+P21c*288+P21d*
400)/(P21a*160+P21b*240+P21c*288+P
21d*400+P57a*160+P57b*240+P57c*28
8+P57d*400)

P335

P336

KPI

Average TX_EFFICIENCY

1 3 174

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The average TX_EFFICIENCY is equal to:

TX _ EFFICIENCY = 100

Where:

NB_SENT is the number of transmitted RLC data blocks,

NB _ RECEIVED

i =1
NB _ SENT

ni

i =1

1
ni

NB_RECEIVED is the number of correctly received RLC data blocks (i.e., blocks for which a
positive acknowledgment is reported),
i is equal to the number of information bits in the i-th correctly received RLC data block divided
by the number of bits per RLC data block with GMSK modulation (456 in GPRS). This ratio only
depends on the coding scheme used for the i-th correctly received RLC data block and is between
0 and 1 in GPRS. The values of the number of information bits per RLC data block for each coding
scheme are defined in 05.03 TS Specification document.
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4

0.40
0.59
0.68
0.94
ni is the number of RLC data blocks in the i-th radio block. Therefore, this number is always equal to 1 for
GPRS,
It is computed every TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD (=200) RLC data blocks.
It is compared to TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR (=10%) or TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR (=15%) to trigger radio drop.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 174

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

B10

QoS Indicators, RLC Statistics, EGPRS Mode


z

CS and MCS adaptation: RLC statistics in EGPRS mode


RLC statistics
Downlink

Uplink

Number of useful RLC blocks sent


in RLC acknowledged mode on
PDTCH and encoded in MCS1/2//9.

MCS1 : P55e
MCS2 : P55f

MCS9 : P55m

Number of useful RLC blocks sent MCS1 : P57e


in RLC acknowledged mode on
MCS2 : P57f
PDTCH encoded in MCS-1/2//9. .......
.......
MCS9 : P57m

Number of useful RLC blocks


retransmitted in RLC
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-1/2//9.

MCS1 : P20f
MCS2 : P20g

MCS9 : P20n

Number of useful RLC blocks


retransmitted in RLC
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-1/2//9.

MCS-x lost bytes

P72d

MCS-x lost bytes

KPI

In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful


RLC blocks sent in RLC
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-x

P55x/(P55e+P55f+P55g+P55 In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful


h+P55i+P55j+P55k+P55l+P5 RLC blocks sent in RLC
5m)
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-x

P57x/(P57e+P57f+P57g+P57
h+P57i+P57j+P57k+P57l+P5
7m)

KPI

In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC


P20e/(P20e+(P55e*176+P55 In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC
retransmitted data bytes sent on f*224+P55g*296+P55h*352+P retransmitted data bytes sent
PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
55i*448+P55j*592+(P55k*89 on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
6+P55l*1088+P55m*1184)/2
)/ 8))

p21e/(p21e+((P57e*176+P5
7f*224+P57g*296+P57h*352+
(P57i*448+P57j*592+(P57k*8
96+P57l*1088+P57m*1184)/
2)) / 8))

new B10

1 3 175

new B10

MCS1 : P21f
MCS2 : P21g

MCS9 : P21n
P73d

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P20e respectively P21e have been removed. In acknowledged mode, number of DL respectively UL RLC data
bytes (except RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-x (with x = 1
to 9) retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS respectively MFS.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 175

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators, CS Adaptation


z

CS and MCS adaptation: CS adaptation


Coding scheme adaptation
Downlink
Number of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a less robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs

Uplink

P351a

Number of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a less robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs

Number of CS adaptions P351b


from a given coding
scheme to a more robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs

P352a

Number of CS adaptions P352b


from a given coding
scheme to a more robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs

Average number of CS
increase per TBF

P351a / (P90a + P90b +


P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f)

Average number of CS
increase per TBF

P352a / (P30a + P30b +


P30c)

Average number of CS
adaptions decrease per
TBF

P351b/ (P90a + P90b +


P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f)

Average number of CS
adaptions decrease per
TBF

P352b / (P30a + P30b +


P30c)

1 3 176

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 176

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators, DL CS Usage, Graph

GPRS DL useful RLC traffic


80000000
70000000
60000000
50000000
40000000
30000000
20000000
10000000
0

10

/3
1
1 1 /2 0
/0 0 5
2/
1 1 20
/0 0 5
4
1 1 /2 0
/0 0 5
6
1 1 /2 0
/0 0 5
8
1 1 /2 0
/1 0 5
0/
1 1 20
/1 0 5
2
1 1 /2 0
/1 0 5
4
1 1 /2 0
/1 0 5
6/
1 1 20
/1 0 5
8
1 1 /2 0
/2 0 5
0
1 1 /2 0
/2 0 5
2
1 1 /2 0
/2 0 5
4
1 1 /2 0
/2 0 5
6
1 1 /2 0
/2 0 5
8
1 1 /2 0
/3 0 5
0/
1 2 20
/0 0 5
2
1 2 /2 0
/0 0 5
4
1 2 /2 0
/0 0 5
6/
1 2 20
/0 0 5
8
1 2 /2 0
/1 0 5
0
1 2 /2 0
/1 0 5
2/
1 2 20
/1 0 5
4
1 2 /2 0
/1 0 5
6/
20
05

100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

1 3 177

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 177

CS4 usef
CS3 usef
CS2 usef
CS1 usef
%io CSx usef

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators, DL MCS Usage

MCS1
MCS2
MCS3
MCS4
MCS5
MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9

100%

B8 TRX class 2 & 4

B9

B9

(MaxMCS=9)

(MaxMCS=9)

(MaxMCS=8)

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

High proportion
of MCS5 due to High
Ater Usage

1 3 178

High usage
of MCS9

Better usage
of MCS8

Thanks to
Dynamic Abis
Statistical Multiplexing

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Caution: animated slide (with hidden objects).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 178

6 CS and MCS Adaptation

QoS Indicators, UL MCS Usage

B8 (GMSK only)

B9 (8PSK in UL)

1 00 %
90 %

High Usage
of MCS9
during UL
FTP tests

80 %
70 %
60 %
50 %
40 %
30 %
20 %
10 %
0%

MCS1
MCS2
MCS3
MCS4

MCS5
MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9

8PSK being used


in UL right after
B9 migration

1 3 179

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Caution: animated slide (with hidden objects).

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 179

Thanks to:
Dynamic Abis
Statistical Mux
8 PSK in UL

7 Cell Reselection

1 3 180

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 180

7 Cell Reselection

NC0, Success
MFS
serving cell

MS
DL transfer
PDTCHDL

MFS
target cell

SGSN

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCHUL

useful RLC data block


useful RLC data block, polling

The MS decides
for cell
reselection

UL transfer establishment in the new cell

RADIO STATUS

UL transfer
The MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

P434c

P434d

P436

UL TBF
release

DL TBF
release

NC0
reselection
success

P396b

P396a

1 3 181

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

Counter P434c (resp.P434d) gives the number of UL (resp. DL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. These TBFs can have been previously counted as abnormally released or acceptably released
due to the reselection depending on the occurrence time of the FLUSH-LL message:
If the FLUSH-LL message is not received before T_WAIT_FLUSH expiry after the TBF was released due to
radio link failure then the previous TBF release is considered as abnormal and counter P434c/P434d
counting the number of DL/UL TBF acceptable release due to reselection is not incremented. Instead a TBF
abnormal release due to Radio and counters P302b_x/P302c_x are incremented.

If the FLUSH-LL message is received before T_WAIT_FLUSH expiry after the TBF was released due to radio
link failure then the previous TBF release is considered as acceptable and P434c/P434d is incremented.

If the FLUSH-LL message is received before the radio link failure occurs the TBF is released and
P396b/P396a counter is incremented.
P436 provides the number of successful NC0 cell reselection when the mobile was in Packet Transfer Mode
in the old cell.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 181

7 Cell Reselection

NC2, Request / Success


MFS
serving cell

MS
T3158
expiry

SGSN

DL transfer

NC2 cell
reselection
request

Packet measurement report


PACCHUL

T3158

Packet cell change order, polling


Packet control ack new cell (BCCH,BSIC)
The MS
switches to
the new cell

MFS
target cell

PACCHDL

P223

P226

UL TBF

DL TBF

P221

P222

Radio resources
are released
locally

T_ACK_WAIT
UL transfer establishment in the new cell

T_WAIT_FLUSH

UL transfer
MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

NC2 cell reselection


success

P227
UL TBF
release

1 3 182

P224
DL TBF
release

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223 and P226 are incremented.
If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P224 and P227 are
incremented.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 182

7 Cell Reselection

NC2, Request / Success per Causes


MFS
serving cell

MS
T3158
expiry

DL transfer

PACCHUL

Packet cell change order, polling


Packet control ack

new cell (BCCH,BSIC)

UL transfer establishment in the new cell

P433d

too bad uplink quality

P433c
P433a

too bad downlink


quality

P433b

too low downlink level

PACCHDL

T_ACK_WAIT

T_WAIT_FLUSH

better neighbor cell


Radio resources
are released
locally

UL transfer
MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location

P434a

NC2 cell reselection


success for cause:
too bad uplink quality
too bad downlink quality
too low downlink level
better neighbor cell

P434b

UL TBF
release

DL TBF
release

P396b

P396a

P435d
P435c
P435a
P435b

1 3 183

SGSN

NC2 cell reselection


request for cause:

Packet measurement report

T3158

The MS
switches to
the new cell

MFS
target cell

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 183

LLC PDU
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)

(TLLI,new BVCI)

FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)

7 Cell Reselection

NC2, Failure
MFS
serving cell

MS
T3158
expiry

DL transfer

PACCHUL

The MS
switches to
the new cell

new cell (BCCH,BSIC)

PACCHDL
T_ACK_WAIT

Packet control ack


UL transfer establishment in the new cell
is impossible

RACH

Radio resources
are released
locally

T_WAIT_FLUSH

Packet channel request


Packet uplink assignment

SGSN

NC2 cell reselection


request

Packet measurement report

Packet cell change order, polling

T3158

MFS
target cell

AGCH

USF scheduling
PDTCH
PACCH

Packet cell change failure

P228
UL TBF DL
TBF

P464

P437a

P437b

Target
cell
rejected

Target
cell not
rejected

P225
1 3 184

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The above case assumes that MPDCH is configured in the cell.


When receiving the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message, the MFS will increment either P437a or P437b
according to the cause value reported by the MS in the message.
Counter P464 aims to count rejection due to load in target cell
Counter P228/P225 is incremented in case of the MS reports to the MFS a Packet Cell Change Failure
message (PCCF)
Counter P437a is incremented if the cause included in the PCCF reported is one of the following
z

"Frequency not implemented

"No response on target cell

"Immediate Assign Reject or Packet Access Reject on target cell

Counter P437a is incremented if the cause included in the PCCF reported is one of the following:
z

"On going CS connection

"MS in GMM Standby state

Forced to the Standby state

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 184

7 Cell Reselection

QoS Degradation
z

QoS degraded due to cell reselection


Throughput
[kbit/s]

Data all? Duration


1. CS change

1. CS change

TBF 1 (Cell 1)

Cell
Re-Selection

TBF 2 (Cell 2)

CS 2

Average
Throughput
Throughput
CS 1

4 sec

t0

t1

t2

1 3 185

t3

t4

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 185

t5

Time
[s]

7 Cell Reselection

NACC and (P)SI Status


z

QoS improved with NACC and (P)SI status


Throughput
[kbit/s]

Data Call Duration


1. CS change

1. CS change

TBF 1 (Cell 1)

Cell
Re-Selection

TBF 2 (Cell 2)

CS 2

Average
Throughput
Throughput
CS 1

1 sec

t0

t1

t2

1 3 186

t3

t4

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 186

t5

Time
[s]

7 Cell Reselection

NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]


z

In the source cell


NC0 MODE

P460c

Minimum Network Assisted


cell reselection duration

P460b

Maximum Network Assisted


cell reselection duration.

P458

P459

Number of times the


procedure of broadcast of
neighbor (P)SI messages is
invoked
Signaling load induced in the
cell by the procedure of
broadcast of neighbor (P)SI
messages

MFS
Cell B

MFS
Cell A

MS
UL or DL TBF

Packet Cell Change


Notification

Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI1)


Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI3)

Retrieval of SI
instances

P458
P212 (time)

Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI13)


Packet Cell Change Continue

reception of FLUSH LL
1 3 187

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

The duration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the
start of emission of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the reception
of the Packet Cell Change Notification message) and the reception of the Flush-LL
message. The source cell is the cell where the cell reselections are outgoing.

The duration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the start of emission of Packet
Neighbour Cell Data messages and the reception of the Flush-LL message

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 187

7 Cell Reselection

NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]


BSS
Serving cell

MS

BSS
Target cell

On going UL or DL TBF

SGSN
NC2 MODE

Packet Measurement Report / PACCH


Packet Neighbour Cell Data (S1) / PDCH

P458

Packet Neighbour Cell Data (SI3) / PDCH


Packet Neighbour Cell Data (SI13) / PDCH
Packet Cell Change Order / PACCH
(4)

T_Ack_Wait

Packet Control Acknowledgement / PACCH

T_Wait_Flush

Packet Channel Request / PRACH

P209 (time)

Packet Uplink Assignment / PCCCH


On going UL TBF (8)

UL LLC PDU [TLLI]


FLUSH-LL PDU [TLLI, old BVCI]
FLUSH-LL-ACK PDU [TLLI, deleted]

1 3 188

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 188

7 Cell Reselection

NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]


z

In target cell (P) SI status

P456

P457

Number of times the procedure


of broadcast of serving cell PSI
for Packet PSI Status or the
procedure of sending of Packet
Serving Cell Data for Packet SI
Status is invoked.

MFS
Cell A

MS

MFS
Cell B

UL or DL TBF

Signaling load induced in the cell


by the procedure of broadcast of
(P)SI messages

Packet SI Status (SI2, SI2bis, SI2ter msg type missing)

P456
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2)
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2bis)
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2ter)

UL or DL TBF

1 3 189

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This mechanism is applied in both NC0 and NC2


P457:
Number of RLC blocks used:
1) To broadcast a PSI message for Packet PSI Status feature
2) To send a PACKET SERVING CELL DATA message for Packet SI Status feature.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 189

P457

7 Cell Reselection

Exercise
z

Exercise 1: What kind of cell reselection procedure ( NC0 or NC2 / with


or without NACC) you can observe in Trace10,11, 12 and Trace13?

Exercise 2: For each case of cell reselection,


Find specific messages to NACC (P)SI status if any
find old and new cell identities.

Exercise 3 : looking the content of SI Status can you guess which SI


where given during NACC procedure

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 3 190

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 190

7 Cell Reselection

QoS Indicators
z
z
z

NACC and (P)SI status reselection


NCO reselection
Number of successes, Nb of DL/UL TBF releases
NC2 reselection
NC2 reselection
start

Number of requests
Number of successes, Nb of DL/UL TBF releases
Success rate
Failure causes

Target cell rejected


Target cell not rejected

Reselection time
TBF establishment
end

Incoming

time
1 3 191

Outgoing

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 191

Max
Avg
Min

7 Cell Reselection

QoS Indicators, NC0


z

Cell reselection: ALL = NC0+NC2

NC0+NC2 re-selection
P397
NC0 re-selection
Number of successful NC0 cell re-selection P436
Number of successful cell re-selection

1 3 192

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 192

7 Cell Reselection

QoS Indicators, NC2


z

Cell reselection: NC2

NC2 re-selection
Number of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT1 (too low downlink level)

P433a

Number of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT2 (better neighbour cell)

P433b

Number of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT3 (too bad downlink quality) P433c
Number of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT4 (too bad uplink quality)

P433d

Ratio of NC2 re-selection cause Emergency

(P433a+P433c+P433d) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d) * 100

Ratio of NC2 re-selection cause Better Condition

(P433b) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d) * 100

Number of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT1 (too low downlink level)

P435a

Number of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT2 (better neighbour cell)

P435b

Number of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT3 (too bad downlink quality) P435c
Number of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT4 (too bad uplink quality)

KPI

Number of NC2 cell re-selection requests


Number of NC2 cell re-selection successes

P435d
P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d
P435a+P435b+P435c+P435d

KPI

NC2 cell re-selection success rate

1 3 193

(P435a+P435b+P435c+P435d) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d)

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 193

7 Cell Reselection

B10

QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.]

Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the


MS which leads to reject the target cell for a while.

P437a

Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the


MS which does not lead to reject the target cell for a
while.

P437b

Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the


MS due to load (cause : "immediate assign reject" or
"packet access reject on target cell")

P464

(((P433a) + (P433b) + (P433c) +(P433d)) - ((P435a) +


(P435b) + (P435c) + (P435d)) - (P437b) - (P437a) P464) / Rate of NC2 failures due to BSS problem
((P433a) + (P433b) + (P433c) +(P433d))

Removed B10

Removed B10

P432c

Minimum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intraMFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).

P432b

Maximum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intraMFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).

P432a

Average duration of successful incoming intra-RA intraMFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).

P431c

Minimum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell


reselections (measured in the source cell)

P431b

Maximum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell


reselections (measured in the source cell)

P431a

Average duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell


reselections (measured in the source cell)

1 3 194

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P432x counters are taking into account only the Cell Reselections for which Serving and Target cells belong
to the same RA and the same MFS.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 194

7 Cell Reselection

B10

QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.]

Indicator name

definition

Ref

TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Cumulated time duration of successful outgoing NC2


cell reselections (measured in the source cell).

P209

TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL

Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell


reselection duration in NC0 mode

P212

TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Cumulated time duration of successful incoming intraRA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the
target cell).

P210

NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Number of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2


cell reselections (measured in the target cell).

P211

GPRS_NC2_reselect_source_cell_ti
me_avg

Average duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell


reselections (measured in the source cell).

P209 / (P435a + P435b +


P435c + P435d)

GPRS_NC_reselect_NACC_avg_dur
ation

Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell


reselection duration in NC0 mode

(P212 / P213)*1000

1 3 195

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

P209:
z

Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successful outgoing NC2 cell
reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.

The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the acknowledgement of
the Packet Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. The source cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are outgoing.

P210:
z

Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of the successful incoming intra-RA intraMFS NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.

The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cells between the acknowledgement of
the Packet Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. These measures are
forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm message and then cumulated in the
target cell.

The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing, whereas the target cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.

P211:
z

Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successful outgoing NC2 cell
reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.

A NC2 cell reselection is successful when in the source cells after the acknowledgement of the Packet
Cell Change Order message is received , the Flush-LL message is received.

These measures are forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm message and
then cumulated in the target cell.

The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing, whereas the target cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 195

7 Cell Reselection

QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.]

Counter number

Name

Definition

P221

NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS


while in UL transfer

P222

NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS


while in DL transfer

P223

NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in DL


transfer.

P224

NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change


Order has been sent to the MS while in DL transfer.

P225

NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after


a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in DL
transfer

P226

NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in UL


transfer.

P227

NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change


Order has been sent to the MS while in UL

P228

NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after


a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in UL
transfer.

1 3 196

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 196

7 Cell Reselection

B10

QoS Indicators, NACC (P)SI Status

Counter
number

Removed B10

Name

Definition

P456

NB_PSI_PROC

Number of times the procedure of broadcast of serving cell PSI for


Packet PSI Status or the procedure of sending of Packet Serving
Cell Data for Packet SI Status is invoked.

P457

NB_PSI_MES

Signaling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of


(P)SI messages

P458

NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC

Number of times the procedure of broadcast of neighbor (P)SI


messages is invoked

P459

NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES

Signaling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of


neighbor (P)SI messages

P460a

AV_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Average Network Assisted cell reselection duration.

P460b

MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Maximum Network Assisted cell reselection duration.

P460c

MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Minimum Network Assisted cell reselection duration.

1 3 197

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 197

7 Cell Reselection

End-User QoS Improvement with NC2


z

Enhanced cell reselection can be easily tested and evaluated through


drive test route
DL FTP transfer of a file
In a bi-band network (GSM900,GSM1800)
GSM1800 cells are favored in CS idle
mode:
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 20dB
Route length is about 1.150 Km
Two 900 cells and two 1800 cells are
covering
MS is GPRS multi-slot class 8 (4+1)

1 3 198

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 198

7 Cell Reselection

End-User QoS Improvement with NC2 [cont.]


Gain in throughput

NC0
34,7 kbits/s

NC2 + GPRS redirection


40,2 kbits/s

9 reselections
during transfer
60

700

50

600

2 reselections
during transfer
600

60

500

50

400

40

300

30

200

20

100

10

500

40

400
30
300
20

RLC_Throughput_DL
ServBCCH

200

10

100

0
1
33
65
97
129
161
193
225
257
289
321
353

325

217
244
271
298

109
136
163
190

0
28
55
82

9 interruptions

2 interruptions

1 3 199

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 199

ServBCCH
RLC_Throughput_DL

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 3 200

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 200

End of Module
Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators

1 3 201

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 3 Page 201

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 4
Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 1

Blank Page

142

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
Detect the main GPRS QoS problems of the Alcatel-Lucent BSS

143

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

144

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!


1 General Principles
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

145

7
12

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 5

Table of Contents [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

146

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

This page is left blank intentionally

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 6

1 General Principles

147

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 7

1 General Principles

KPI, Warning Indicator


z

A lot of QoS indicators are computed from BSS GPRS counters

QoS indicators that will be followed-up by management are called KPI:


Key Performance Indicator

Among all BSS GPRS QoS indicators some are used to detect QoS
problems: they are called WARNING indicators
usually all KPIs
other major indicators as from radio optimizer view

148

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 8

1 General Principles

QoS Threshold, Sampling Indicator


z

A WARNING indicator is often attached a QoS threshold value to decide


if the indicator value is bad or not

In case a WARNING indicator value is considered as bad then another


indicator called the SAMPLING indicator and attached to the WARNING
indicator must be checked

A SAMPLING indicator is attached a sample threshold value to decide if


the WARNING indicator value is relevant or not

149

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 9

1 General Principles

QoS Problem Detection


List of BSS QoS indicators
I1. I2. I3. I4. I5, I6, I7, I8,
etc

no

Are some
Warning
indicator values
bad?
yes

Check the related


Sampling indicator
value

end

no

1 4 10

Is the Warning
indicator
value
relevant?

yes

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 10

Analyze QoS
problem

1 General Principles

QoS Problem Detection, Exercise


z

Exercise: Using analogy with BSS GSM QoS indicators find the Sampling
indicator attached to each of the following GPRS Warning indicators:
TBF establishment success rate
TBF drop rate
NC2 Cell reselection success rate

Time allowed:
10 minutes

1 4 11

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 11

2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

1 4 12

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 12

2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

Exercise 1: List Them


z

Exercise 1: List the main BSS QoS problems seen as a QoS degradation
by the end user
BSS GPRS QoS problems are relating to Data transfer problems between the
MS and the GPRS Core network, which are due to the BSS

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 4 13

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 13

2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

Exercise 2: Find Warning and Sampling Indicators


z

Exercise 2: Find the Warning and Sampling indicators which will be


used to detect each of these problems:

Data transfer not established


Data transfer degraded
Data transfer interrupted
Data transfer dropped

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 4 14

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 14

2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

Exercise 3: UL Data Transfer Establishment Degradation


z

Exercise 3: Find the Warning indicator degraded by difficulties to


establish a UL TBF resulting in a TBF establishment after MS repetitions
of channel request
Can this problem be identified through QoS indicators?
If not, what must be done to find the cause of the UL data transfer
establishment degradation?

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 4 15

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 15

2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

Exercise 4: DL Data Transfer Establishment Degradation


z

Exercise 4: Find the Warning indicator degraded by difficulties to


establish a DL TBF resulting in a TBF establishment after MFS
repetitions of channel assignment
Can this problem be identified through QoS indicators?
If not, what must be done to find the cause of the DL data transfer
establishment degradation?

Time allowed:
5 minutes

1 4 16

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 16

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 4 17

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 17

End of Module
Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

1 4 18

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 4 Page 18

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 5
Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 1

Blank Page

152

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
Analyze the main GPRS QoS problems of the Alcatel-Lucent BSS

153

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

154

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!

1 Find the causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem


7
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem10
3 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recorded in the Trace?
16

155

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 5

Table of Contents [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

156

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

This page is left blank intentionally

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 6

1 Find the causes of a BSS GPRS QoS


problem

157

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 7

1 Find the Causes of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 1a: Find the Probable Causes


z

Exercise 1a: Find the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem

Time allowed:
30 minutes

158

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 8

Exercise 1a: Find the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem

For each of the 4 typical BSS GPRS QoS problems, mark the probable cause(s)
each cause corresponding to a specific BSS PM counter
QoS problem
probable cause

TBF
establishment
failure

(1)

TBF throughput
degradation

TBF interruption

TBF drop

MS suspend

Gb

Radio

Cell reselection

Congestion

MS error (1)
Fast PDCH pre-emption of the PDTCH
carrying the PACCH of the TBF
Fast PDCH pre-emption of the PDTCH
carrying only a PDTCH of the TBF

BSS problem

(2)

Sub-optimal usage of radio resources

(3)

(1) MS error are not counted in a specific counter


(2) any software or hardware failure, occuring in the BSS, provok ing a TBF problem not counted as another cause
(3) any reason why a mobile involved in a TBF get a data throughput lower than its transfer capability

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 9

1 Find the Causes of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 1b: Find the more Detailed Reasons


z

Exercise 1b: Find a more detailed reason for some of the probable
causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem

Time allowed:
60 minutes

1 5 10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 10

Exercise 1b: Find a more detailed reason for some of the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
probable cause

Congestion

reason

Radio

Gb

Fast PDCH
Fast PDCH
pre-emption
pre-emption
Sub-optimal
of the
of the
usage of
PDTCH
PDTCH
radio
carrying
carrying the
resources
only a
PACCH of
PDTCH of
the TBF
the TBF

Interference
NC2 cell reselection not
activated
NC2 cell reselection not
efficient
Lack of PDCH resources
(1)

Lack of CCCH resources

Lack of Abis resources

Lack of Ater resources

Lack of GPU resources


T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
parameter value too low
BSS SW or HW failure

GSS SW or HW failure
Re-allocation trigger T1 is
not efficient
Abis MW problem
System or protocol error
between BSS and GSS
Coverage

Abis signalling overload


Bad setting of cell
reselection parameters
Bad setting of CS/MCS
adaptation parameters
High CS traffic

High PS traffic

(1) can be due to:

tow low MAX_PDCH parameter value, too high CS traffic, too high PS traffic,
too long Delayed DL TBF Release phase, poor re-allocation algorithm efficiency
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
BSS SW or HW failure
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 11

MS
suspend

Cell
reselection

2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used


in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS
Problem

1 5 12

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 12

2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 2a: TBF Establishment Failure


z

Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a


TBF establishment failure

Time allowed:
30 minutes

1 5 13

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 13

Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF establishment failure
Congestion

% TBF establishment failure


due to congestion
Lack of PDCH resources

% TBF establishment failure


due to radio congestion
bad MAX_PDCH
parameter setting

Maximum nb of established SPDCH


Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
Check MAX_PDCH parameter
value

high CS traffic

Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value


Nb of PDCH released after having
been marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to
T1 re-allocation per PDCH
released after having been marked
by soft pre-emption

high PS traffic

Maximum nb of established SPDCH


Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value

Lack of Abis resources


Lack of Ater resources
Lack of GPU resources

MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate


too long Delayed DL TBF % of time established DL TBFs are
release phase
active
Ratio of DL TBF resumptions per
established DL TBF
Average TBF duration
Average MS session duration
Average number of GPRS sessions
per call
Check
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
parameter value
poor re-allocation
Average nb of TBF established per
algorithm efficiency
MS session
Nb of TBF re-allocation requests
Re-allocation success rate
use GSM indicators and BSS
BSS SW or HW failure
equipement alarms
use GSS indicators and/or GSS
GSS SW or HW failure
equipment alarms
% TBF establishment failure
due to Abis congestion
% TBF establishment failure
due to Ater congestion
% TBF establishment failure
due to (DSP+CPU) GPU
congestion

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 14

Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF establishment failure (su
Radio

Gb

% TBF establishment failure


due to radio
Coverage
use GSM indicators
Interference
use GSM indicators
use GSM indicators and Abis
Abis MW problem
transmission alarms
use GSM indicators and BSS
BSS SW or HW failure
equipement alarms
NC2 cell reselection not Number of NC2 cell
activated
reselection requests
Lack of CCCH resources use GSM indicators

% TBF establishment failure


due to Gb pb
system or protocol error
trace Gb interface
between BSS and GSS
GSS SW or HW failure

BSS

MS error

% TBF establishment failure


due to BSS pb
BTS, BSC or MFS
use GPRS LAPD counters,
software or hardware
BSS indicators and alarms
failure
trace Abis, Ater interface
system or protocol error
trace Abis, Ater interface
between BSS and MS

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 15

2 Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 2b: TBF throughput degradation


z

Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS


indicators used in the analysis of a TBF
throughput degradation

Time allowed:
20 minutes

1 5 16

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 16

Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF throughput degradation

% time MS engaged in a TBF in


Sub-optimal usage the direction of the bias and they
of radio resources are granted the maximum nb of
TS they support in that direction
Lack of PDCH resources

% of partial TS allocation
success
bad MAX_PDCH
parameter setting

Maximum nb of established SPDCH


Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
Check MAX_PDCH parameter value

high CS traffic

Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value


Nb of PDCH released after having been
marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to T1 reallocation per PDCH released after
having been marked by soft preemption

high PS traffic

Maximum nb of established SPDCH


Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate

too long Delayed DL TBF


% of time established DL TBFs are active
release phase
Ratio of DL TBF resumptions per
established DL TBF
Average TBF duration
Average MS session duration
Average number of GPRS sessions per
call
Check T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
parameter value
poor re-allocation
algorithm efficiency

Average nb of TBF established per MS


session
Nb of TBF re-allocation requests
Re-allocation success rate

BSS SW or HW failure

use GSM indicators and BSS


equipement alarms

GSS SW or HW failure

use GSS indicators and/or GSS


equipment alarms

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 17

Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF throughput degradation (suite)
% time MS engaged in a
TBF in the direction of the
Sub-optimal usage
bias and they are granted
of radio resources
the maximum nb of TS they
support in that direction
Lack of Abis resources

Lack of Ater resources

Lack of GPU resources

Bad setting of CS (or


MCS) adaptation
parameters

Bad setting of CS (or


MCS) adaptation
parameters

% TBF establishment failure


due to Abis congestion
Cumulative time during a
GCH resource is busy in the
cell
Cumulative time during
which there is a deficit of
GCH resources in the cell
Maximum number of GCH
in deficit reached in the cell
% TBF establishment failure
due to Ater congestion
% of time the GPU is in GCH
congestion
% TBF establishment failure
due to (DSP+CPU) GPU
congestion
% of time the SPDCH are
degraded due to Ater
congestion
Ratio of RLC blocks
transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
Check CS and MCS
adaptation paramaters value
Ratio of RLC blocks
transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
Check CS and MCS
adaptation paramaters value

Fast PDCH preNb of PDCH released after


emption of the
having been marked by soft
PDTCH carrying only
pre-emption
a PDTCH of the TBF
high CS traffic

Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT
value
Average nb of TBF
candidates to T1 reallocation per PDCH
released after having been
marked by soft pre-emption

Radio
Ratio of RLC blocks
Coverage / Interference transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
use GSM indicators
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 18

2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 2c: TBF Interruption


z

Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a


TBF interruption

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 5 19

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 19

Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF interruption
CAUTION: % TBF acceptable release rate can increase be due to the modification of the duration of the delayed
state phase of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure after parameter tuning.
Therefore check evolution of the indicator : % TBF acceptable rele
Fast pre-emption
of the PDCH
TBF release rate due to fast
carrying the
pre-emption
PACCH of the TBF
Re-allocation trigger T1 TBF re-allocation trigger T1
is not efficient
success rate
Check
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
parameter value
Lack of PDCH resource
high PS traffic

see previous cases


MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
% TBF establishment failure due to
radio congestion

MS Suspend

TBF release rate due to MS


suspend
high CS traffic

Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value


Nb of PDCH released after having
been marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to
T1 re-allocation per PDCH
released after having been marked
by soft pre-emption
Average number of GPRS sessions
per call

Cell reselection

TBF release rate due to cell


reselection
NC2 cell reselection not
activated
NC2 cell reselection is
not efficient

Number of NC2 cell


reselection requests
NC2 cell reselection success
rate
Number of NC2 cell
reselection requests
Check NC2 cell reselection
parameters value

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 20

2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 2d: TBF drop


z

Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a


TBF drop

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 5 21

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 21

Exercise 2d: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF drop
CAUTION: % TBF abnormal release rate can increase be due to the modification of the duration of the delayed
state phase of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure after parameter tuning.
Therefore check evolution of the indicator : % TBF acceptable releas
Radio

TBF drop rate due to radio


Coverage
Interference
Abis MW problem
BSS SW or HW failure

MS error

use GSM indicators


use GSM indicators
use GSM indicators and Abis
transmission alarms
use GSM indicators and BSS
equipement alarms

TBF drop rate due to


stagnating TX window
TBF drop rate due to
blocking situation
system or protocol error
trace Abis, Ater interface
between BSS and MS

Gb

TBF drop rate due to Gb


system or protocol error
trace Gb interface
between BSS and GSS

BSS

TBF drop rate due to BSS


BTS, BSC or MFS
software or hardware
failure

use GPRS LAPD counters,


BSS indicators and alarms
trace Abis, Ater interface

Cell reselection

TBF drop rate due to radio


NC2 cell reselection not
activated and NC0 cell
reselection takes long time

Number of NC2 cell


reselection request
Number of NC0 cell
reselection success per call

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 22

3 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recorded


in the Trace?

1 5 23

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 23

3 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recorded in the Trace?

Exercise
z

What kind of BSS GPRS QoS problem you can observed in the trace 20?

Time allowed:
15 minutes

1 5 24

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 24

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 5 25

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 25

End of Module
Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems

1 5 26

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 26

2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem

Exercise 2d: TBF Drop


z

Exercise 2d: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a


TBF drop

Time allowed:
10 minutes

1 5 27

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 5 Page 27

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
EGPRS QoS
Module 6
Appendix

3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 02

EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 1

Blank Page

162

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History
Edition

Date

Author

Remarks

01

YYYY-MM-DD

Last name, first name

First edition

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 2

Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe
List
Explain
Identify ...

163

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 3

Module Objectives [cont.]

164

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 4

Table of Contents
Page

Switch to notes view!


1 Real Radio Drop
2 (P)SI Messages Details
3 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS
4 KPIs
4.1 Main KPIs
4.2 Important KPIs
5 Whats New or Modified in B10

165

7
10
13
15
16
17
20

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 5

Table of Contents [cont.]


Switch to notes view!

166

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

This page is left blank intentionally

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 6

1 Real Radio Drop

167

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 7

1 Real Radio Drop

Radio Drop and Reselection


Cell Reselection

Real Radio Drop

397

PIM

= Counted Late
= Counted (All On Time)
= 302 (434 396)

YES

NO (PTM)
3105
Overload
NO

NO

FLUSH
YES

FLUSH ON TIME

396

ALL FLUSHs

434

No Release
No Counter

YES

302

FLUSH

COUNTED

NO

YES
FLUSH LATE
= All - On Time

END

168

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 8

1 Real Radio Drop

Radio Drop and Suspend


VOICE CALL

Real Radio Drop


= Counted Late
= Counted (All On Time)
= 302 (98c 98a)

3105
Overload
NO

NO

YES

COUNTED

302

SUSPEND

SUSPEND

YES

YES

SUSPEND ON TIME

98a

ALL SUSPENDs

98c

NO

SUSPEND LATE
= All - On Time

END

169

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 9

2 (P)SI Messages Details

1 6 10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 10

2 (P)SI Messages Details

SI Messages Details
z

Coding of the SI typical message in PNCD/PSCD messages

SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI
SI

1
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9

bis
ter
quater

bis
ter

1 6 11

19
1A
02
03
07
1B
1C
1D
05
06
1E
1F
18
04

SI 13

00

SI 14
SI 15
SI 16
SI 17
SI 18
SI 19
SI 20

01
44
3D
3E
40
41
42

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 11

2 (P)SI Messages Details

PSI Messages Details


z

Coding of the PSI typical message in PNCD messages

PSI1
PSI2
PSI3
PSI3 bis
PSI3 ter
PSI3 quater
PSI4
PSI5
PSI6
PSI7
PSI8
PSI13
PSI14
PSI15

C4
C8
CC
D0
F0
F4
D4
D8
C0
E0
E4
DC
E8
F8

1 6 12

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 12

3 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS

1 6 13

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 13

3 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS

Exercise 1
z

A/ extracting Packet Neighbor Cell Data message trace 12 could you


find what are the SI Message Type number sent to the mobile ?

B/ extracting PSI status message in the same trace could find what are
SI message missing for the Mobile?
For your help, please use the information in previous 2 pages

Time allowed:
20 minutes

1 6 14

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 14

4 KPIs

1 6 15

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 15

4 KPIs

4.1 Main KPIs


z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z

Total number of TBF establishment requests


TBF establishment success rate
Drop rate
Acceptable release rate
Normal release rate
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on
PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
PDTCH RLC block CSx / (CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio
PDTCH RLC block retransmission rate in GPRS ack mode
In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged
mode on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on
PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
Number of NC2 cell re-selection requests
NC2 cell reselection success rate

1 6 16

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 16

4 KPIs

4.2 Important KPIs

1 6 17

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 17

DL TBF Establishment
Request

GPRS_DL_TBF_Request

TRDTERQN

% allocated

GPRS_DL_TBF_estab_allocated_rate

QRDTEAPR

Success

GPRS_DL_TBF_success

TRDTESUN

% Success

GPRS_DL_TBF_success_rate

QRDTESUR

Request

GPRS_UL_TBF_request

TRUTERQN

% allocated

GPRS_UL_TBF_estab_allocated_rate

QRUTEAPR

Success

GPRS_UL_TBF_success

TRUTESUN

% Success
DL TBF Reallocation (DL TBF
Estab)

GPRS_UL_TBF_success_rate

QRUTESUR

% DL Realloc Suc
UL TBF Reallocation (UL TBF
Estab)

GPRS_DL_TBF_Realloc_Success_Rate

TRDRRSUR

% UL Realloc Suc

GPRS_UL_TBF_Realloc_Success_Rate

TRURRSUR

% Normal Release

GPRS_DL_TBF_normal_release_rate

QRDDTNRR

% Acc release

GPRS_DL_TBF_acceptable_release_rate

QRDDTACR

% drop TBF DL

GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_rate

QRDDTARR

% Normal Release

GPRS_UL_TBF_normal_release_rate

QRUDTNRR

% Acc release

GPRS_UL_TBF_acceptable_release_rate

QRUDTACR

% drop TBF UL

GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_rate

QRUDTARR

GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_CSx_bytes_ack
GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_MCSx_bytes_ac
k
GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_radio_EGPRS_
TBF_avg
GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_radio_GPRS_T
BF_avg

TRPDDBYGAN

GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_CSx_bytes_ack
GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_MCSx_bytes_ac
k
GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_radio_EGPRS_
TBF_avg
GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_radio_GPRS_T
BF_avg

TRPDUBYGAN

UL TBF Establishment

DL data transfert

UL data transfert

DL Coding scheme usage (and


Partially DL RLC Traffic)
CSx Useful Bytes
MCSx Useful Bytes
kbps per EGPRS TBF
kbps per GPRS TBF

TRPDDBYEAN
TRPDDTBEGA
TRPDDTBGPA

UL Coding scheme usage (and UL


RLC Traffic)
CSx Useful Bytes
MCSx Useful Bytes
kbps per EGPRS TBF
kbps per GPRS TBF

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 18

TRPDUBYEAN
TRPDUTBEGA
TRPDUTBGPA

DL RLC trafic
% CSx Retrans

GPRS_DL_RLC_PDTCH_CSx_retransmissing
_ack_rate

QRDDTRRR

CSx retrans

GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_CSx_retrans
missing_ack

QRDDTRRBCN

MCSx retrans

GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retran
smissing_ack

QRPDDRMN

%MCSx Retrans

GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retran
s_ack_ratio

QRPDDRMO

% CSx Retrans

GPRS_UL_RLC_CSx_PDTCH_retransmissing
_ack_rate

QRUDTRRR

CSx retrans

GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_CSx_retrans
missing_ack

QRUDTRRBCN

MCSx retrans

GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retran
smissing_ack

QRPDURMN

%MCSx Retrans

GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retran
s_ack_ratio

QRPDURMO

DL Optimal Alloc

GPRS_DL_biased_and_DL_optimal_allocation
_time

QRDRRSUT

%DL Optimal Alloc

GPRS_DL_biased_and_DL_optimal_alloc_per
cent

QRDRRSUP

UL Optimal Alloc

GPRS_UL_biased_and_UL_optimal_allocation
_time

QRURRSUT

%UL Optimal Alloc

GPRS_UL_biased_and_UL_optimal_alloc_per
cent

QRURRSUP

UL RLC trafic

PDCH Allocation (to be


reviewed)

PDCH usage
GPRS_PDCH_traffic_time

GPRS_PDCH_EGPRS_traffic_tim
e
GPRS_PDCH_EGPRS_traffic_tim
e_ratio

Definition

Ref Name

Cumulative time during which the slave


PDCHs are established and carry at least one
UL or DL TBF.(established in GPRS mode or
EGPRS mode).

ARPDCUSBUT

Cumulative time during which the slave


PDCHs are established and carry at least one
UL or DL TBF.(established in EGPRS mode)

ARPDCUSEGT

Percentage of time during which the


established PDCHs in traffic are supporting
EGPRS traffic.

ARPDCUSEGO

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 19

5 Whats New or Modified in B10

1 6 20

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 20

5 Whats New or Modified in B10

Summary
z
z

Reduction of 32 bytes 0 second ping time (no specific counter)


Dual Transfer Mode (simultaneous CS and PS traffic), new counters:

Establishment request / attempt / success


Establishment failure (radio, congestion)
cumulated time of operation for DTM MS
Acceptable TBF drop due to CS operation
GTTP usage

Extended Dynamic Allocation (more than 2 TS in UL)


New UL TBF usage counters

z
z
z
z
z

Distribution counters based on GPRS and EGPRS LLC throughput


TBF radio drop counters more detailed
New MS capabilities / multislot class breakdown
Number of useful UL and DL RLC data blocks retransmitted per MCS
NC2 reselection
Removed average duration counters
New cumulated duration counters

1 6 21

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 21

Self-assessment on the Objectives


z

Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

1 6 22

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 22

End of Module
Appendix

1 6 23

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008

EGPRS QoS Appendix


EVOLIUM Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent 2008


3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Section 1 Module 6 Page 23

Last But One Page


Switch to notes view!

1
@@PRODUCT
@@COURSENAME

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@COURSENAME - Page 1

All rights reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its
contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
@@COURSENAME - Page 2